YFP 370: Your Retirement Questions Answered with Tim Baker, CFP


Tim Baker, CFP and YFP Director of Planning answers questions from the YFP community on saving and preparing for retirement. This episode is brought to you by First Horizon.

Episode Summary

Planning and preparing for retirement can feel overwhelming. In this episode, Tim Baker, CFP®, RICP®, RLP®, makes the steps to planning for retirement more manageable. He answers three questions from the YFP community on retirement planning, including:

  • How to determine the optimal amount to save for retirement
  • Strategies for dealing with market downturns during retirement
  • How different investment options impact retirement savings

This episode is brought to you by First Horizon.

About Today’s Guest

Tim Baker is the Co-Founder and Director of Financial Planning at Your Financial Pharmacist. Founded in 2015, YFP is a fee-only financial planning firm and connects with the YFP community of 12,000+ pharmacy professionals via the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast podcast, blog, website resources and speaking engagements. 

Tim attended the United States Military Academy majoring in International Relations and branching Armor. After his military career, he worked as a logistician with a major retailer and a construction company. After much deliberation, Tim decided to make a pivot in his career and joined a small independent financial planning firm in 2012. In 2016, he launched his own financial planning firm Script Financial and in 2019 merged with Your Financial Pharmacist. Tim now lives in Columbus, Ohio with his wife (Shay), three kids (Olivia, Liam and Zoe), and dog (Benji).

Key Points from the Episode

  • Retirement planning, investment options, and home loans for pharmacists. [0:00]
  • Retirement planning, including determining optimal savings amount and factors to consider. [2:24]
  • Retirement planning, nest egg calculation, and potential deficits. [5:51]
  • Retirement planning, including nest egg calculation and goal setting. [12:46]
  • Strategies for dealing with market downturns during retirement. [19:33]
  • Managing investment risk through asset allocation and flexibility. [24:25]
  • Retirement planning, investment options, and their impact on savings. [28:42]
  • Traditional portfolio allocation and retirement savings with emphasis on asset allocation and tax considerations. [32:49]
  • Retirement planning for pharmacists, including asset allocation and tax strategies. [37:30]

Episode Highlights

“I think the big thing is how do you define optimal [savings for retirement]? And then the factors are so important. What type of lifestyle do you want? I think what most people want is to live a similar lifestyle to what they’re living as they’re working. So they don’t necessarily want to be more lavish. But they don’t necessarily want to give up things either.” – Tim Baker [4:27]

“The nest egg calculation, to me, that’s the best way to make that big number, the kind of unknown, a little bit more digestible.” – Tim Baker [9:37]

“I think a lot of people think that they have control over when they’ll retire and they don’t. There’s a stat that says 40% of people don’t work to their expected retirement age, either because of health issues, or they were eliminated from a job, etc.” -Tim Baker [11:12]

“I think the best time to plan for retirement is now and the sooner you can kind of look at where you’re at and be able to adjust where you need to go, the better.” – Tim Baker [11:44]

“When you talk about the nest egg calculation, that is where the value really lies. The short answer of how do you determine the amount of savings needed for retirement? Nest egg calculation, three words.” – Tim Ulbrich [13:39]

“So, you know, and again, the most successful retirees are the ones that are most flexible.” – Tim Baker [25:45]

“It’s being in the right asset allocation. It’s keeping your expenses low. And being consistent with that structure. I think we’ll get people through any of the seasons that you’ll see over the course of an investing career.” – Tim Baker [28:28]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich  00:00

Hey everybody, Tim Ulbrich here and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast where each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. This week we take questions from the YFP community on retirement planning, we discuss how to determine the optimal amount to save for retirement strategies for dealing with market downturns during retirement, and how different investment options such as stocks, bonds, and real estate can impact your retirement savings. Let’s hear from today’s sponsor First Horizon and then we’ll jump into the show.

Tim Ulbrich  00:31

Does saving 20% for a down payment on a home feel like an uphill battle? It’s no secret that pharmacists have a lot of competing financial priorities, including high student loan debt, meaning that saving 20% for a down payment on a home may take years. For several years now we’ve been partnering with First Horizon who offers a professional home loan option AKA a doctor or pharmacist loan that requires a 3% downpayment for single family home or townhome for first time homebuyers, has no PMI, and offers a 30 year fixed rate mortgage on home loans up to $766,550 in most areas. The pharmacist home loan is available in all states except Alaska and Hawaii, and can be used to purchase condos as well, however, rates may be higher and a condo review has to be completed. While I’ve personally worked with First Horizon before and had a great experience with Tony and his team, don’t just take it from me. Here’s what Payton from Tyler, Texas had to say about his experience with First Horizon: “Aaron, Cindy, and Marilyn were very easy to work with. As a first time homebuyer, I shopped around for lenders at the onset of the process, Aaron was always very quick to reply and provide me with any details I requested in order to move forward and my decision to select a lender. Once I selected First Horizon, Marilyn and Cindy did a great job of keeping my wife and I informed of the process. Closing was a breeze yesterday at the title office. And I sincerely appreciate the team going above and beyond to keep my interest rate locked despite extending closing due to negotiations with the seller. I’ve already shared my positive experience with many pharmacists on the groups. And I look forward my brother, also a pharmacist, refinancing with you guys when he decides to.” So to check out the requirements for First Horizon’s pharmacists home loan and to start the pre-approval process, visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. 

Tim Ulbrich  02:24

Tim Baker Good to have you back on the show.

Tim Baker  02:27

Good to be back. Tim, how’s it going?

Tim Ulbrich  02:29

It’s going well. I’m looking forward to this episode. We’re gonna be talking about retirement planning – a topic that we’re seeing a ton of interest in getting lots of questions about. You did a webinar recently around retirement planning. Lots of engagement that came from that. So we want to answer some of the most common questions we’re getting from the YFP community around retirement planning. And we’re gonna go through four different questions around how do we determine how much is enough? What are some of the strategies to deal with market downturns while you’re in retirement, I know something that you’ve talked about before of that important window before leading up to an after? And how we think about the investment strategies. We’ll talk about some of the different investment options that can impact retirement savings, and then we’ll wrap up by talking about some of the health care costs in retirement. So let’s start with the first question, Tim, which is how do you determine the optimal amount saving needed for retirement? And really, what are the factors that should be considered when setting what this number is what the goal is?

Tim Baker  03:24

Yeah, so huge question, Tim. I think, you know, I’m going to answer the question with with a question is, like, define optimal? Yeah. Right. So like, optimal? Well, we’ve talked about, you know, is, you know, should die with zero be the goal. And, you know, what am I mean by that is, there are a lot of people that, you know, they’ll save, save and save, and maybe the goal is to pass on some, you know, money to their heirs. You know, I always I think I’ve said it said this on the podcast before my parents have said to me, like, hey, we want to make sure that like when we die, like we we give, we give you and your siblings some money, and I’m like, I don’t expect that I don’t really need that. I’m not really banking on that at all. And maybe when I’m older, I would want the same thing for my you know, for my kids, but the die was zero concept is it’s kind of like, you know, you can’t take it with you type of thing. So you’re you’re kind of spending on your portfolio, you’re giving it away, etc, etc. And maybe there’s some, you know, maybe there’s some somewhere in between where you don’t want to be right on the on the needle there. You don’t want to be with zero. So you maybe you have a little bit more cushion. So, you know, I think I think that would be the big thing is like how do you define optimal? And then the factors I think are so important. So like, what type of lifestyle do you want? I think in a vacuum, what most people I think want is to kind of live a similar right lifestyle than what they’re living as they’re as they’re working. So they don’t necessarily want to be more lavish. They don’t necessarily want to give up things either. Unfortunately, some people have to give up things just because of you know, poor planning or they have to work longer. So you know, what, where do you want to live? What’s the geography? What’s your housing situation, that’s going to be the biggest fixed expense. The biggest expense in retirement typically is housing. You know, what are your hobbies? Activities? Are you taking care of grandkids? Are you? Are you jet setting? Are you working? Are you not working? Are you volunteering? Consulting? What does that look like? And, you know, I think from there is, you know, estimating, you know what your retirement expenses would look like? So I mentioned like, what are the fixed expenses? What are the variable expenses, which could be big trips, maybe you’re paying for kids’ weddings, maybe it’s a medical expense. And really kind of zeroing in on that. Unfortunately, Tim the B word doesn’t ever go away. Right. So understanding what your budget looks like, is, is I think an integral part of of retirement planning. There are there are rules of things and way that you can slice it, there’s some planners that will look at the tax return, and then assume like, whatever’s on last year’s tax return is what I need for this coming year. And that’s kind of a very top down approach. A bottom up approaches a budget, you can use, use a rule of thumb, like a replacement ratio. So hey, if I make $100,000 and 70, or 80% replacement ratio means that I need $70-$80,000, you know, in that in that year of retirement. Looking at accounting for inflation, so do you think inflation is going to go up? It’s going to go back down to kind of the 3% levels? The big question is, is like what’s the retirement duration? Nobody knows that, right? So, you know, some people are like, Oh, I’m gonna, you know, retire at 65. And I, maybe I have a good five or 10 years on me, most people, you know, live longer when they want, they think they’re gonna retire. And that’s probably the trickiest part about all this, unlike, you know, other types of planning that are similar to this, like education planning, we kind of know that, hey, our goal was to kind of get through four years, maybe eight years of, you know, education. Here, it could be five years, it could be 45 years. We just don’t know. And that’s kind of the the major wildcard, but then understanding like, what are your sources of retirement? Is it social security? Is it a pension? Is it a, is it an annuity that you buy? Is it your traditional portfolio? Is there other types of you know, is it real estate income, whether your cash flow in real estate, or it’s a liquidation event? Are you selling a business? Is there a part time work there? So I think all of these play into play a part in it, and then I kind of how you distribute the cash also plays and how you handle taxes. So from a distribution perspective, you know, are you looking at, you know, what we’ve talked about in the past, which is a floor and strategy, which is very conservative strategy. Is it a bucket? You know, where, you know, in this, this will be, you know, another question that we have, it’s like, how do we account for like volatility or, you know, in the market? You know, is it a bucket strategy? Or is it the systemic withdrawal strategy, where it’s, Hey, we’re distributing 4%, no matter what, or we’re being flexible, depending on what interest rates what the markets doing? So lots of different lots of different ways to kind of, you know, go about this, but I think defining like, what optimal is for you is going to be important. And again, that’s why a lot of people are like, I just want to, you know, die with zero, that plays.I think the best place to start in terms of the optimal amount of savings needed for retirement to answer that question is, I think starting with a nest egg calculation is the best the best way. It is the, it is the best way, in my estimation, to deconstruct a problem and problem is not the right word, but a scenario that is years in the future, that’s a big freakin number. So, and when I was talking about this, like when we would do retirement planning at my past firm, you’d be the client and we would say, Okay, now now’s the time to talk about your retirement. Based on our time value of money calculation, you need $3.65 million to retire. Alright, let’s talk about your insurance, onto the next thing. And we could see kind of like, maybe the color come out of your face, maybe that little glossy, you know, glassy eyed look, and just, it didn’t connect with people. So, you know, it got me thinking, how can I make this number impactful to you today in 2024? So a nest egg calculation, which says, Okay, this is the number $3.65 million, but then what does that mean to me today? And we compare it to what’s currently in your retirement portfolio? What’s your contribution rate? How was it allocated? And then how does it compare, you know, to what you potentially need. So where are we running a deficit, meaning we’re behind on that $3.65 million? Or are we ahead meaning that we’re, you know, we’re overfunded? So to me, that’s, that’s the starting place. And again, it’s not a perfect, it’s not a perfect calculation, there’s a lot of assumptions in there in terms of investment returns and inflation and actually, when you’re going to retire and when you’re potentially going to die, we’re estimating all that which you would do anyway, in any type of, you know, scenario analysis. But to me, that’s the best way I think, to make that big number that kind of unknown, a little bit more digestible. There’s other ways that you can look at it, where there’s Monte Carlo analysis where you’re looking at, you know, a randomize portfolio return or other things that are related to you know, economic variables that you can say, hey, we’re going to run 1000s of scenarios and what it shows you is, hey, you’re a 85% chance of success. And that one chance of success means is that there are assets left, at the end of the plan, whether you set that for age 90, 95, 100, or whatever that is, that kind of is the next level. The rule of thumb is, you know, what people have heard of is a 4% rule. So, you know, if you’re, if you’re looking at your optimal savings plan, and you have $500,000, in retirement, if you use 4%, that means you have $20,000, over a 25-30 year return. So you might say, Hey, that’s not enough. I need more. So obviously, the right way to reverse engineer that, Tim, is to say, Okay, what do you need, if it’s 40,000, use a 25x, ROI, you need a million dollars, and that’s just a 4% rule inverted. So to me in terms of practical things that I wish I would have a listener, you know, it’s like, okay, are you getting the match, get to that race to the 10%. So your employee contribution, again, this is a vacuum. You know, I’ve talked with prospective clients that had lots of credit card debt, and other things that are going on, I wouldn’t necessarily prescribe this for them, but you know, get to the 10% employee contribution, then eventually, you know, get to a phase where you’re maxing out, and then use IRAs or brokerage accounts to kind of supplement along the way as you can. So, but remember that this is a problem set, Tim, that I think a lot of people think that they have control over that they that they don’t. You know, there’s a there’s a stat that says 40% of people don’t work to their expected retirement age, either because of health issues, or they were eliminated from a job, etc. You know, those types of things, I think where in my mind, I’m like, probably work till I’m 70 and Shay is 65. But, you know, I could lose my marbles was between, you know, before that, like, who knows? So, you know, I think I think, the best time again, I’m a planner, so I’m biased, but I think the best time to plan is now and the sooner you can kind of look at where you’re at and kind of be able to adjust where you need to go, the better. You know, one of the things that I would always kind of lament working with at my last firm was that we only worked with like pre retirees and retirees. So people would come off the street, and they’d say, Hey, I’m 55 years old, I’d like to retire in the next five years, I have $50,000, to my name, I have credit card debt, but like, it was almost like doesn’t, it doesn’t add up the math is not mathing. And so those are yeah, those are all the kinds of things that go into this. And it’s, it’s a huge thing to kind of deconstruct but I think, you know, looking at this as in a vacuum is not necessary ideal. You want to look at all the different parts. We talked about this with our own plans, and kind of, you know, where we’re trending and things like, you know, but it’s, it’s a big question, I think, and there’s just a lot of ways that kind of, you know, look at it. Yeah,

Tim Ulbrich  12:46

The thoughts that are coming to mind, as you’re talking, Tim, is I think there’s risk here to oversimplify this and be overconfident in this. And what I mean by the over over simplification is like, you can run numbers in a calculator. But if you’re not having some of the important discussions and questions of the inputs into that calculator, then we’re not doing the work that needs to be done, right. You mentioned like what what do we mean by optimal? Like, what does that actually look like? What does it mean to be living a wealthy life and retirement? As you mentioned, some huge variables of are we working at all? Are we working part time? You know, is this 55? Is this 64? You know, might we be caring for elderly parents? What does travel look like? What are all these things? And then, you know, when we think about even that word, retirement, I think can carry meaning that you and I might look at that word and say it means two very different things, right. And so, you know, when you talk about the nest egg calculation, to me that that is where the value really lies, to me the short answer of how do you determine the amount of savings needed for retirement? Nest egg calculation, three words. But to do the nest egg calculation and put in all the inputs and variables, which again, as you mentioned, are assumptions and things might change and move. And there are things that we think we have control over that we don’t, but it’s the closest we can get, and we can modify or update that look at it over time. In order to put the numbers in the calculator, we got to have some really good conversations. And this, to me is really where the planning comes to base, we’re not just trying to shove money away into accounts that were, you know, like, somebody said, I should put money in a 401 K, or an IRA or an HSA or whatever. Or we’re looking at these big scary numbers in the future thinking, Am I ever gonna get there? Looking at the individual variables, having the discussion and the conversations, answering those questions, plugging those in. And then as you mentioned, bringing it back to today. So important. Especially for the people that you know, for someone who’s two, three years out from retirement, that may not be as critical as for someone who’s in the middle of their career, or even in the front half of their career where, you know, we got to come up with a number that I can actually put my arms around and do something with today because otherwise I’m gonna look at this number 30 years in the future 20 or 40 years in the future and say, the math just doesn’t even seem possible.

Tim Baker  14:58

Yeah, in one of the things that when we go through the Script Your Plan, which is our second second meeting, and the way that we kind of start building a financial plan, we go through what’s called a Get Organized meeting, which is we bring up the client portal. And we’re basically trying to get to like a clean snapshot of what the balance sheet looks like. So the assets, the things that you own, minus the liabilities, the things that you owe equals your net worth. And our job is to hope, you know, the idea is to kind of grow that quantifably to get your, you know, your net worth grow over time. The second piece of that is Script Your Plan, which is all about like goal setting, right? So it’s like, Okay, now that we know where we’re at, where are we going? And with those two things in place, that that answer of it depends that I always give, Tim transforms into this is given your balance sheet, given your goals, Tim, this is what I think you should do. So it’s no more It depends. Because like, we know, you, we know what your goals are, we know what your passion is, this is what your goals are. But part of that Script Your Plan exercise, when we would kind of talk about a timeline, you know, we I would ask the question of, hey, like, it’s July 2024, let’s fast forward a year, what is success? And you know, what does success look like? And then we go three years, five years, 10 years, 30 years. The further you get out, you know, the further away that you go, the harder it is for you to kind of imagine that self. So with retirement planning, you know, the way that you know, with the way that I would do this, it’s like, I kind of, you know, I would say, hey, let’s get into the DeLorean. Let’s go 88 miles per hour, rev it up, we get out in, let’s see, 2054. So it’s 30 years from now, what does success look like? And for a lot of people, it’s like, I don’t know. So I’m like, okay, like, how much? How would your dad, you know, if I’m, if I’m 40. My dad’s like, imagine yourself, as your dad, like, pitch yourself, as a seventy year old, what does success look like? So it’s just like, the next day where we’re trying to, like, equate the numbers in from a from a Script Your Plan from a lifestyle perspective is, the further that gets out, the harder it is for us to kind of relate to our 10 year older self,  20 year older self, 30 year older self. So if there is a group or a person that you know, very closely that you can say, okay, like, if I’m in their shoes, and you probably do that, anyway, I’m like, oh, like, when I’m retired, I’m not going to do what my parents are gonna are doing, or I am going to do what my parents would do. So you can kind of like, take that, but even 10 years out, Tim, if you look 10 years back, from, you know, if you look back to 2014, how much of your life has changed over those 10 years,. You know, like, like, things like time flies, but, you know, to me, it’s like, you look at, you know, time is so hard for us, as humans can conceptualize. And it’s no different in in something like this. So I think it’s like, really kind of going through those, like thought experiments and, you know, kind of assessing, because I think so much of this is really about the numbers. But when you deconstruct this, it’s really not. You know, I think, you know, if you’re working with a financial planner, again, shameless plug, I think the numbers are going to be fine. Especially if you have enough time, you know, the longer that you’re engaged with, with a plan, the more success, you know, you know, whatever version of success. It’s the people that don’t, I think is where you kind of run into problems. But to me, it’s really important to kind of deconstruct like, the answer that question is what is optimal, and then plan around that, you know, the nice thing about, you know, having decades so to speak in a financial planner, is that the micro things that you do today really steer that frigget to where you can have success, you know, in the long run, so. But it’s an interesting, you know, it’s an interesting problem set, because it is a huge number. And it’s far in the future for a lot of people, it just, it doesn’t seem real, you know, I have a lot of people that, you know, will work with us in their 20s and 30s. Like, I’ll never be able to retire. And when we show them how, you know, the math to get to that, like, I think that’s transformative. Now, I think the second piece of that is like, okay, like, what is a happy retirement? What’s a successful retirement and I think people are starting to figure that out, but it’s not necessarily a destination, right? It’s just the next chapter. And, you know, especially with sometimes pharmacists, or like highly, you know, people that are higher achievers, you know, their role and identity gets really tied up together. And it’s like, okay, if you step away from your career as a pharmacist, like, who are you? What do you do? Like you know, and that and that for some people can be really difficult to kind of again, unbolt.

Tim Ulbrich  15:42

Tim, one thing I want to say and separate topic for another day that we can dive deeper into, we’ve talked about in the show before, but when you talk about time, being hard to really, you know, wrap our mind around, especially for folks that are early in their career, you know, your 2014 examples, a really good one when I think back to 2014, like it’s a distant memory and and it feels like Yeah, we were doing some savings and things now, but if it weren’t for things like automation, you could see how a 10 year period slips by you without having the intention out. This is why we believe so firmly in automation is an important part of plan. Yes, we got to do the hard work up front. Yes, we got to check in periodically. But once we start to kind of remove ourselves from that equation, and we do that hard work, and then we turn it on, whether it’s automatic contributions, it could be automatic savings buckets or other things, that’s where we’re gonna start to really see the progress and prevent this scenario where we say, How did those 10 years go by? And I didn’t make much progress on my retirement planning?

Tim Baker  19:32

Yeah. Yeah, I think it’s so important, because we just get into this, like, autopilot and you wake up. It’s like, where did that? Where did it go? 

Tim Ulbrich  19:56

Yeah. Alright, second question we have is, what are some strategies for dealing with market downturns during retirement? If we even zoom this out a little bit more? I’m guessing this person might be asking, you know, given the volatility, certainly the markets had a good run lately, but it’s been pretty volatile, right, you know, over the last couple of years. So for those that are, you know, in what you call that eye of the storm, around retirement, or coming up on, just got to retirement, or maybe they’ve been in retirement for a period of time? How do we address and deal with some of the market volatility?

Tim Baker  21:11

Yeah, so this is market risks, and you really don’t have any control over at all outside of like, taking all your money out, you know, take your investment ball home, and, you know, and go home, right? So like, this is where people get scared, they’ll go to cash, and they typically are selling low, but then they like, oh, the markets good now, and, you know, dip my toe back in, and they’re buying high. So you know, what you’re talking about a sequence risk where is where it’s basically, you know, when the timing of your retirement, and the distribution of your retirement accounts, matters a lot. Probably more so than most of the other investment or the retirement risks that are there. So to kind of zoom out of this first, Tim, this question is, you know, what are some so the question is, what are some strategies for dealing with market downturns during retirement. So what we’re assuming here is that you are no longer in that accumulation phase, you are in the deaccumulation, that withdrawal phase. But I think like the, the, my thoughts is, are consistent no matter where you’re at. You know, to me, the big things that I look at from a retirement portfolio is I want to make sure that you’re in the right allocation, and that you’re driving the expenses down as much as possible related to your portfolio. Now, what I’m taking, typically talking about here is like expense ratio. So the right allocation is probably the optimal, you know, the optimal term in and I think, if you look at the rule of thumb, that I don’t love is the rule of thumb in terms of like, how you should have your portfolio allocated is, you take 110, you subtract your age, and that’s the amount of stocks or equities you should be in your portfolio. So if I’m 40, you take 110, minus 40. And I should be in a 70%, stock portfolio and a and a 30%, bond portfolio, which I think and it’s very much a linear thing. So as you as you age, go, 60/40, 50/50, etc, etc. I think that that’s wrong. I don’t think that that’s a great rule of thumb. I think that, to me, I look at this almost as like a, my, my strategy or my thought process is more like a cliff. So my thought is like, you know, if I’m 40 years old, and I have 30% of my allocation in bonds, I think that’s a mistake. And if we, if we zoom out, you know, if you look at stocks, and again, not all stocks are created equal, but in broad strokes, stocks are typically there’s a higher potential for growth, with a lot more volatility. Bonds or fixed income, there’s less potential for growth, but less volatility. So there’s more of an exponential growth with stocks and more of a linear growth of bonds. So, to me, what you give up during the accumulation phase, if you’re in your 40s, is you give up a lot of the market, the market is still gonna go up, but I equate it to like, if you’re in mostly equities, it’s gonna be kind of Rocky Mountain in terms of ups and downs. If you put bonds and there’s more Appalachian Mountains, there’s a little bit more, you know, you know, there’s less ups less downs, but they’re still they’re still that. So to me, I think that, uh, mostly equity, you know, again, this is not investment advice, but I think like maybe mainly in equities in your accumulation phase. And then when you get to five to ten years before and after your retirement age, that’s when you’re going to, that’s when you’re really going to manage the sequence of return risks that you mentioned. So think of that as like the eye of the storm. So let’s assume that my retirement age is 65. And I’m being as conservative from a timeline perspective, at 55. That’s when I really am going to kind of that’s what that’s the cliff where I’m going to say, Okay, I’m now no longer going to be mostly in equities. That’s where I’m going to be the most conservative and go to bonds. So instead of this glide path, where I’m going from 100% equities to 80, 90, basically, I’m not doing that over a period of years, I’m doing that right when I hit 55, and that’s where I’m going into more of a balanced portfolio, which could be a 60/40, or 50/50. And then over those years in that either storm, so 55, to 75. And the most conservative sense, that’s when you’re gonna be the most conservative in terms of your balanced portfolio. And then when you come out of the eye of the storm, that’s when you start ramping up the equities, again, whether that’s 60/40, 70/30, 80/20, which is very different than kind of the, you know, most people, it’s like, oh, you’re in your 80s, you should be in a 20/80 portfolio or whatever. And a lot of people, it’s, it’s not sustainable. So the the eye of the storm is to kind of get through the sequence of return risk. So, you know, and again, the most successful retirees are the ones that are most flexible. So if you go through like the subprime mortgage crisis, or the.com crisis, and your portfolio goes from a million to 700,000, and then you’re drawing $50,000, you know, for the next couple years, the portfolio and a lot of cases are going to fail. If you were to delay your retirement and wait for the market to recover two years later, it’s completely different scenario. So that to me, is what we’re talking about here. So you know, the strategies for dealing that is, I think the best thing is the being the right allocation is to not do what you’re feeling. So I always talk about do the opposite of how you’re feeling. So if you get scared, a lot of people should go cash and a lot of ways you should be doubling down and investing. Another thing that we’ve talked about in the in the in this forum, Tim, is something like an annuity, which is hard to really wrap people’s minds around, but like if I can peel off $300,000 from my portfolio, to supplement Social Security to say, Okay, come hell or high water, I’m gonna have the steady check between social security in my annuity, regardless of what’s going on. For that, for a lot of people, that’s a peace of mind. So like the the market volatility is not as as big a concern, because I’m like, I don’t I have all my basic necessities, necessities handled. Right. So the mental thing of like an annuity might be might be a big thing. Being flexible, as I mentioned in, it could be a bucketing approach where you’re like, hey, my, my near term bucket, my zero to five year bucket is spoken for me and I have that in cash or tips, I’m good. So I don’t care what the market does, you know, as long as it’s recovered in the next five years for me to kind of replenish that bucket. And this is where we’re basically have a short term and medium term, and then a long term bucket. So short term, zero to five, medium term, six to 15, long term 15 plus, and then those buckets kind of replenish themselves as time goes. If there’s, if we’re in a time where the market crashes, but I still have $100-$200,000 in my cash bucket, I don’t really care, I’m hoping the market will return in that period of time to replenish that cash bucket. And typically, it should. A lot of the most, you know, the Great Depression in the Great Recession, you know, those recover those market recoveries aren’t decades. They are typically, you know, two to six years, two to seven years, that type of thing. So that could be that can be something as well. So, you know, the market, the market does what the market does. And I think those are that are best positioned like they they understand that. It’s not, you know, we’re not trying to like game the market, outside of very few people in the history of the market can can beat the market and kind of, you know, foreshadow what’s going to come. So it’s, it’s being in the right asset allocation. It’s keeping your expenses low. And being consistent with that structure. I think we’ll get people through any of the see any of the seasons that you’ll see over the course of an investing career.

Tim Ulbrich  28:42

Tim, let me mention a few resources for people that want to dig deeper, and this will link to these in the show notes. It’s been a while but we did a whole series on retirement planning, digging into the question of how much is enough, some of the alphabet soup of different accounts, building a retirement paycheck, things that you’ve been talking about that was episodes 272 through 275. Again, we’ll link to that in the show notes. And then 305, episode 305. We did a primer on annuities, a lot of myths, conceptions around annuities, we try to break those down, understanding what they are: fees, costs. That was a great episode. Again, we’ll link to it in the show notes. And then several of the risks that you’ve talked about, we put together a guide that’s all around understanding retirement risks. So it’s Retirement Roadblocks: Identifying and Managing 10 Common Risks. It’s a free guide that we have available. One of the most popular resources we have, again, that will be linked to in the show notes as well. Tim, one thing that struck me is you were talking you mentioned flexibility, right is a key. And this is a piece I think that pharmacists have a benefit of, right. Many pharmacists work in a position, whether that be hospital, whether that be community practice where they have an opportunity to do something like PRN shifts or work part time and make a good income. And so, you know, maybe the game game plan was a full retirement at 55, but because of some of the things that you talked about, maybe they either choose to work longer, full time or hey, if they want to pick up 15-20 hours, making $60-$65 bucks an hour, a lot of pharmacists have the opportunity to do that. And so I think that flexibility piece can be really important, specifically to our audiences as they’re thinking about retirement.

Tim Baker  30:12

Yeah. And what I This, to me, this stat still like is unbelievable to me. So this was these two stats were put out by a paper called The Power of Working Longer published in January 2018, by Stanford’s Institute for Economic Policy Research. And basically, it makes the case for working longer. That’s the best, you know, medicine for if you have a shortfall shortfall in income for retirement. But we talked about sequence risk Tim, so we know the market. So like, let’s say, you know, you know, 65, in, you know, 20 years from now, not quite there yet. But say the market is not going great. Deferring retirement by three to six months is like saving 1% more of salary for 30 years. Deferred retirement by one month is like saving 1% more of salary for the final 10 years. So, to me, there’s I know there’s a lot of pharmacists that are listening to this that I speak to, they’re like, I need to retire as quickly as possible. And I get it, I get it, I understand. But but to me, like the people that are most flexible from a lifestyle, from a timing, are going to be the most successful in terms of their retirement. So if you have a lever that you can pull that you can consult or you can do, you know, you can do a shift or medical, right, whatever that is, you know, whatever that that is like that’s going to benefit you and over and help the overall retirement picture. So those would be two stats, I would leave you with us on this question.

Tim Ulbrich  31:44

That’s great. And it’s a balance, right? We talked about this all the time, it’s a balance between, hey, you make enough of these concessions. And you could always argue, hey, I should keep working longer, right? So we’ve got to get back to like, what’s the why, what’s the purpose, but also be in tune with those numbers, which aren’t wild when you talk about one month of employment, and the impact that it has in terms of dollars that could have been saved. Our next question: how to different investment options such as stocks, bonds, real estate impact retirement savings? And I think, Tim, this is a really interesting question, because one of the things we lose sight of when we talk about nest egg calculations, retirement planning, we talked about these big numbers, 3 million, 4 million, 5 million, is that not all dollars are created equal? Right? Both in how are they invested, and the types of investments in which they’re in and then eventually, how they’re utilized to build the retirement paycheck. So what are your thoughts here in terms of how do different investment options impact retirement savings?

Tim Baker  32:37

Yeah, so this question is really about like asset classes. So when we talk about a traditional portfolio, you know, there’s a, we talked about a high level, you know, a 90/10 portfolio and it would be 90% in stocks or equities and 10% in bonds or fixed income. That 90% you can, you can draw even a finer line, you can have large cap, mid cap, small cap, you could have international funds, you could have emerging market, you could have commodities, you could have, you know, you could have sector funds that are just in biopharmaceuticals or whatever. You could have digital assets. So, the big news this year was that they released spot Bitcoin ETFs. Last week, Tim, they released nine, eight or nine spot theoreum ETFs, which have come on the market and started trading last Tuesday. So that can be part of your your asset allocation now, because they’re, they’re in ETFs. The bonds at 10%, you could buy a total market bond, or you could buy different types. You could buy munis, you could buy treasuries, you can buy a total market and international bond, like there’s lots of ways to kind of, you know, slice it. But you can also talk to, you know, real estate, you know, one of the things is like, you know, is it real? Is it real estate, you can hold real estate in a mutual fund or an ETF, or you can hold it directly. So, to me, this kind of goes back to the one of the earlier questions is, you know, the more stocks, there’s the potential for more growth, but more volatility and risk, the more bonds less potential for growth, but less volatility and risk. So I think, at a baseline, being in the right, asset allocation from a traditional portfolio is really important. And this is what I’m talking about is, you know, should you be in an all equity or, you know, a 9010, and then hit that cliff and then go to a 60/40 or 50/50. That’s what I’m going to talk about from a traditional, but the things that we have to overlay, Tim, and I was talking about this with you a couple of weeks ago, I was kind of lamenting the fact that we talked about like tax allocation with retirement with your, your investment assets. So we kind of talked about we went a little bit in column A, Column B, Column C. Column A would be pre you know, like traditional. So pre tax, so these are, you know, traditional 401 K traditional IRA, etc. Then you want a little bit in Roth, which is kind of tax free since you’ve already paid  the taxes. So this is like And when you pour out a Roth, if you have a million dollars, all that million is yours because you’ve already paid the tax man. And then the last one is a taxable account. So I was looking at my taxable account as a percentage of my portfolio, I’m like, oh, that’s exactly where I want. Now, I don’t have any designs on retirement before 59 and a half. So I don’t really need, that’s typically what you use a taxable account for the purpose of retirement. But I know like when I sell my real estate, that’s probably going to go into a taxable account. So like, like, right now, I know the plan is, it’s kind of unequal scales, though, they’ll be equaled out in the future, or when I sell my share of our business like that will probably go into partly a savings account, but partly a long term investment, you know, in the form of a taxable account. So to me, that plays a part of this as well. So I think the the idea is to be in the right asset allocation, as opposed to what I talked about, typically, the one that you’re it’s going to be more stock heavy is going to have more volatility. So the closer you are to retirement, or in retirement, the less you’re going to want to have, although it’s still needed for the kind of that longevity risk of like not live outliving your savings. Real estate, it’s going to be typically how you know how your whole net, whether you are a landlord, or if it’s in a fund. But the things that we haven’t really talked about this, as part of this is things like digital assets, things like commodities, cash – right now, Tim, you could, you know, with our cash accounts at YFP, it’s paying like 5.1%. So I’m looking at that, and like, if I’m a retiree, if I can park, my short term bucket there, I’m pretty happy with that return. Now, I know inflation has been ticking up higher. So maybe need a little bit more to offset that. But these are all the things that kind of construct the retirement, you know, savings and retirement assets. And I think, you know, doing it with a traditional portfolio, but then overlay in some of the other things that you have going on, you know, if you have a pension, that’s going to affect how you retire, you know, your allocation is, because if you have a if you have a pension plus social security, you might not have to be super conservative, because you might say like, Hey, my, most of my things are handled, or if I buy an annuity, I can be more aggressive, because I’m not going to have to withdrawal that as aggressively as if I didn’t have that annuity or that pension. So there’s lots of different things. But I think the rule of thumb is kind of looked at your stock to bond, you know, ratio, and understand that with stocks, again, more growth, more volatility. With bonds, less growth, less volatility.

Tim Ulbrich  37:30

And I think you just gave a great example there, why blanket asset allocation recommendations don’t work, right? Because, you know, if someone’s listening, and they have a pension, and they have social security, or maybe they have an annuity, like the floor that they’ve created, is completely different from someone else that maybe doesn’t have a pension or annuity, And therefore, they’re going to rely more on withdrawing from their investments. So how much risk they take with the remaining amount of whatever’s investable, and whatever buckets they have, could be very different based on you know, what those are? And I think this question gets at a couple different aspects of asset allocation, which you talked about nicely, but also a conversation. We don’t have enough, which is that d cumulation. Building that paycheck from what buckets are we taking from and how do we do that? And what order tax strategies all those things? And I think for people are listening that maybe have done the hard work, are nearing retirement, have two, three $4 million saved whatever the number is. That’s great. Now, hey, are we thinking about the decumulation side of this?

Tim Baker  38:30

Yeah, and that was one of the reasons, Tim, after going through the CFP coursework, you know, I decided to do the Ri CP, which is Retirement Income Certified Professional, because it really tackles that question that the CFP I don’t think does the best job. CFP is all about, okay, accumulation of accumulated assets and what that looks like. But once you get to that, that’s not the destination, then the next chapter, how do you take these buckets of money and build a sustainable, sustainable paycheck over time? Unknown, right. And actually, one of the open questions in in that is like, if you do build a floor for a client, and they’re, you know, they’re a 75 year old, but their allocation is something like 90/10 or 80/20. A lot of regulators will look at that and be like, that doesn’t look right. But you know, the justification, that’s why you can’t have a blanket, you know, yeah, one rule for everyone. The justification is like, we really don’t have to draw that much from that portfolio. Because, right, the floor is the floor, right? So I remember that being kind of like, oh, that’s odd. Because, you know, again, most, most planners, they kind of they go, they get social security in place. And then they say, Okay, what’s the total return? What’s the best optimal way to get the portfolio through the all the retirement years, but it’s much more nuanced than that. And I think, you know, it’s important to understand that.

Tim Ulbrich  39:54

And that’s why for the pharmacists that are listening, that are working for an employer, like the VA or whoever that still has a pension plan, be grateful for that. They’re not they’re not common, but it’s gonna play a huge role when it comes to building that floor  and creating that retirement paycheck. We’ve got lots more retirement questions. I’m gonna hit pause there. We’ll tackle more of those in future episodes, we’ve done a lot of information in a short period of time again, we got more resources. If you’re listening to this, and I want to learn more, make sure to check out the YFP podcast again, we’ll link to some of these older episodes in the show notes. You can go back and learn more, we’ve got more information on the YFP blog as well. We have more webinars that will be forthcoming related to retirement retirement planning that Tim and the rest of the team will be leading. So be on the lookout for those as well. For those that are listening and said, Hey, I really could use some one on one help with a qualified, certified financial planner, we’d love to have the opportunity to talk with you to learn more about your situation to see whether or not what we offer is a good fit in the form of fee only financial planning and or tax planning. If you’re interested in a discovery call with Tim Baker to learn more about the services, you can go to yourfinancialpharmacist.com you’ll see a link there to book a discovery call. Thanks so much for listening, Tim. Great stuff. We’ll catch you again next week.

Tim Baker  41:03

Sounds good.

Tim Ulbrich  41:06

Before we wrap up today’s show, I want to again thank this week’s sponsor of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast, First Horizon. We’re glad to have found a solution for pharmacists that are unable to save 20% for a down payment on a home. A lot of pharmacists in the YFP community have taken advantage of First Horizon’s pharmacist home loan, which requires a 3% downpayment for a single family home or townhome for first time homebuyers and has no PMI on a 30 year fixed rate mortgage. To learn more about the requirements for First Horizon’s Pharmacist Home Loan, and to get started with the pre approval process, you can visit yourfinancialpharmacists.com/home-loan again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. 

Tim Ulbrich  41:51

[DISCLAIMER] As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist unless otherwise noted and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward looking statements, which are not intended to be guaranteed of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 369: 10 Common Tax Blunders To Avoid (From 2023 Filings)


Sean Richards, CPA and Director of YFP Tax, talks about the 10 common tax blunders he saw and how to remedy those mistakes to optimize taxes in the year ahead.

Episode Summary

July might not seem like the time of year to think about your taxes, but for Sean Richards, CPA and Director of YFP Tax, it’s a great time to make projections for the year ahead and remedy any blunders from last year’s return. 

Reviewing 10 common mistakes he saw made with taxes in 2023, Sean breaks down ways to optimize your tax plan from utilizing HSAs, to adjusting withholdings, to making sure any side-income is planned for appropriately. Sean’s biggest piece of advice: planning ahead can help avoid these mistakes and can optimize your tax situation.

About Today’s Guest

Sean Richards, CPA, received his undergraduate degree in Corporate Finance and Accounting, as well as his Master of Accountancy, from Bentley University in Waltham, MA. Sean has been a Certified Public Accountant (CPA) since 2015 and is currently pursuing his Enrolled Agent certification. Prior to joining the YFP team, Sean was the Senior Treasury Manager at PRA Group, a global debt buyer based in Norfolk, VA. He began his career at American Tower Corporation where, over 10 years, he held several positions in audit, treasury and accounting.

As the Director of YFP Tax, Sean focuses on broadening the company’s existing tax planning and preparation operations, as well as developing and launching new accounting offerings, including bookkeeping, payroll, and fractional CFO services.

Key Points from the Episode

  • Tax blunders and optimizing tax situations with a CPA and tax director. [0:00]
  • Common tax mistakes and how to avoid them. [3:13]
  • Tax planning strategies and common blunders to avoid. [9:33]
  • Optimizing retirement contributions and HSA benefits. [12:59]
  • Tax deductions and filing status, with a focus on maximizing savings. [17:31]
  • Tax planning strategies for side income sources. [22:05]
  • Tax blunders to avoid, including not making estimated tax payments. [26:14]
  • Tax planning for small business owners, including extension deadlines and investment activity. [32:18]
  • Tax planning and law changes, including energy credits and potential future rate increases. [35:44]
  • Tax planning for pharmacists and households across the country. [41:34]

Episode Highlights

“Doing a projection mid year and identifying that you’re going to have a surprise bill or refund at the end of the year, or at least beginning to see that it’s trending in that direction allows you to begin fixing all those problems before they even become problems.” -Sean Richards [7:38]

“For small business owners or for a side hustle, when we’re doing projections about where you expect the business to land in profit and loss this year, and you have a pretty good idea, or at least you hope you do. But that can always change for anybody, not none of us can see the future. But the point here is, at least giving it some thought and trying to come up with a number and planning accordingly.” – Sean Richards [24:16]

“It all comes down to planning. To the extent you’re able to identify any kind of gaps in where you expect to owe money at the end of the year and can close them now whether that’s making estimated payments directly to the IRS or adjusting your withholdings, it’s much better to fix it now and get ahead of it.” – Sean Richards [31:57]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich  00:00

Hey everybody, Tim Ulbrich here and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast where each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. On today’s episode, I welcome CPA and YFP Director of Tax, Sean Richards, onto the show to discuss the 10 most common tax blunders that he saw pharmacists making during the recent tax season so that you can avoid these mistakes and optimize your tax situation. To learn more about our tax and accounting services you can visit yfptax.com. Alright, let’s jump into my interview with YFP Director of Tax Sean Richards.

Tim Ulbrich  00:41

Sean, welcome back to the show.

Sean Richards  00:43

Thanks for having me. It’s always a pleasure to be here.

Tim Ulbrich  00:46

So have you had a chance to recharge, recover? It’s now July. Tax season is behind us. But I know that work can linger on, that’s the nature of the business. How are you feeling at this point in the year?

Sean Richards  00:58

Yeah, I’m feeling good. Projection season. I mean, by the time this comes out, we’ll probably be in full swing there. But our projection season is going to be kicking off soon for most folks. But again, you know, we have some folks that are more complicated that we’re still kind of wrapping up 2023. Now, all by design, that’s where we’re taking the time in the summer where other accountants might be sleeping, I am catching up on some sleep, but also using the time to wrap up some of the more complicated returns, make sure we’re optimizing things for those folks. Maybe those projections are a little bit later in the year. So yeah, I’m feeling pretty good. I mean, there’s a little bit 23 stuff still in the works, but mostly close the book there. Looking a lot towards 24 and even 25 and beyond. So feeling refreshed.

Tim Ulbrich  01:38

Well, I’m convinced you’re gonna look back at this season of life as a blur at some point. I mean, you got young kids, tax season and owning business in that season. That’s a lot going on at once. So kudos to you and the work that you and the others have been doing on the team. So give us a rundown. You mentioned there’s some work still to be done individual business extensions. That would include Tim and myself as well. So we’re a couple of the stragglers, but how many returns have you in the team done this year on the federal and state side?

Sean Richards  01:50

On the federal side, we’ve probably locked down about 160 returns or households at least. So you got to factor in that you’re gonna have, you know, if you’re filing separate there, that’s that’s double on those returns. And then for each one of those, I mean, I’d say for each one, you probably average at least a state, because some folks have more states, some folks are in states like New Hampshire that don’t have state income taxes. So probably at least double that on the state side. And then you know, some some couple dozen or not, maybe not a couple of those in but a few business returns on top of that, and yeah, it definitely adds up quite a bit. So there’s only a couple hanging out there right now. If you’re listening, by the time you’re listening, you’re probably actually going to be filed unless you’re Tim Baker and haven’t submitted any of your documentation yet, but everybody else should be all set by the time you’re hearing this. So yeah, we did quite a bit this year. Maybe not as many number wise as before, but definitely, you know, more complex returns where we’re able to get in there and really do that maximization during the year. It’s awesome. 

Tim Ulbrich  03:13

does Ohio still win the award for the most difficult state to deal with? Or do we have a new winner this year? 

Sean Richards  03:20

No, Ohio still number one, as far as most difficult, just given the different municipalities and how you know, some of them are part of the RITA system some of them are completely not not the worst as far as the worst state tax liability that probably be somewhere out west California, Oregon’s up there but yeah, Ohio, I think still is the most annoying. 

Tim Ulbrich  03:41

Our tax liability here in Ohio very friendly, especially for small business owners. Grateful for that. But the bureaucracy of the RITA system, known as the regional income tax authority, shout out to them for listening wish I can assure you they’re not listening. But makes it very difficult because not everyone is in a RITA and just the complexities of dealing with that. So certainly feel for you and others during the season when you’re dealing with the nuances of a system like that. So anyways, not what we’re here to talk about. Let’s jump into the most common mistakes that you saw pharmacists making, the blunders during the tax season. Really an opportunity for us to learn and opportunities, were in the middle of the year. And we’ll talk about the importance of doing projections and looking ahead, but as we hear some of these common mistakes or blunders, it’s a great reminder of what tax planning can we be doing throughout the year. So we’ve compiled 10 I’m sure there’s many more and there’s some layers within each one of these but let’s jump into our list number one, on the list. Perhaps the most common probably will always be the most common is getting a surprise bill or refund at filing. What’s the usual cause here, Sean of some of these unwelcome surprises.

Sean Richards  04:56

And the reason we always have this number one we probably always will unless there’s some sort of broad tax reform in this country is that there’s so many different things that can cause that to happen, that I couldn’t even begin to answer. I mean, I can give some examples, you know, you could under withhold, you could have a side gig and not have, not plan accordingly. But, I mean, we have 10 things on this list, or I guess nine, not including that first one. And they all can kind of result in that number one issue of getting that big refund back, which, you know, that one might surprise some folks, because you might hear that and think, Well, what’s wrong with getting a huge refund back. But if you’re getting $5,000, back in April, that’s $5,000, that you could have been utilizing more efficiently, evenly throughout the course of the year. So you know, that side or the worst side, even, you know, the other opposite is owing that at the end of the year, and nobody wants to have that. So there’s just so many different things. We’re gonna hit on a bunch of them while we talk through this. But I mean, to even start talking about what the causes of that could be. I could be here all day. 

Tim Ulbrich  06:00

Endless possibilities, we’ll get to those throughout the list of 10 of where the most common ones are coming from. As you mentioned, it’s the surprise bill that causes the most pain, right? Even though this year, the number of people that reached out to us post tax deadline, say, hey, I’m interested in learning about what you offer for tax services. If they came after the tax filing deadline, I can assure you that most of them were because, hey, I just got through that that was a mess. I owed money. I don’t want to ever do that again. Right. So the good news is, there are remedies to that problem. There are solutions we can put in place, there are planning that can be done. And changes are going to happen. You know, as we think about the things that can result in those surprise bills that might be causing that to be the case. And so we can with diligent planning, be able to make sure hopefully, that doesn’t happen again in the future. So to that point number two on our list, which is the remedy to the surprise biller refund. Number two is not performing a tax projection. And Sean, talk to us about why this is important, when the projection should happen, what we’re looking at in doing that projection, and to be frank, most people aren’t doing this. 

Sean Richards  07:10

Most people aren’t. I mean, pretty much anybody I talked to who’s not a client working with us, has never really even heard of doing this or they’ve done something like it, but it’s not as formal of a process. And it may not be fair to start with number one being the overarching problem for all tax returns. And then number two sort of being the solution. And if you didn’t do that, that’s our, our issue. But frankly, I mean, not doing this piece really is the biggest second issue because doing a projection mid year and identifying that you’re going to have a surprise bill or refund at the end of the year, or at least beginning to start to see that it’s trending in that direction allows you to begin fixing all those problems before they even become problems really. And so a tax projection is basically just doing a little bit of an estimate of what your your where you expect your tax return to be at filing time. And as silly as that sounds or as simple as it sounds, it’s not something that a lot of people do. And a lot of it’s because you know, tax returns, there’s a lot of complicated or not complicated, but there’s just a lot of different inputs that come into it, you have your credits and your deductions, and you have various sources of income and having all those pieces kind of in your brain and trying to think about how they’re all being covered off. And then getting to the end of the year. And throwing it all on paper is is just chaotic. So doing something around this time of year, or at least mid year for your kind of tax cycle. So if you’re filing every year around tax day, or in the springtime, mid year, July, August, great time to be doing it. If you’re maybe extending and you’re more complicated, and you’re filing a little bit later in the year, you know, you can kind of flex accordingly. But basically, you want to give yourself enough time where you’ve seen enough of the year that you know kind of what’s been going on, what you expect to have happen throughout the rest of the year and maybe even early next year. But you also have enough time to make adjustments based on that. So you don’t want to do it too early. You also don’t want to do it too late. And ideally, you want to have your prior year return kind of solidified and everything to use as a basis. So yeah, I mean, again, it’s it sounds like a simple kind of concept. But it’s something that a lot of people don’t do, and just that one little activity will open up so many areas for you to improve your tax situation every year. It’s outstanding. 

Tim Ulbrich  09:33

These are the situation that again, there are endless possibilities. Right. You know, I’m thinking of the common ones that I’ve heard you talk about, hey, we bought a rental property. We switched jobs, you know, significant change in income. Got married. We had a child. Started a business, a side hustle. I mean, there’s there’s so many things that can adjust and change what our tax liability is going to be. I mean, I just lived this firsthand with you, Sean. As we think about our situation, we pay quarterly estimated taxes when it comes to the business income. When went to go make our first quarter payment, you know, we did kind of rough rough calculations number. We’ve got a well oiled machine process system that you’ve helped us develop internally. Made that payment. And then we said, hey, when we get to the quarter to like, based on what happened last year, my individual situation, I’ve got four kids single, single income in the household, let’s do a projection. And then from there, figure out what is the amount that we should be looking at based on Q2. And the reason why that was really important in my own plan is, as we had suspected, I probably didn’t need to make a Q2 payment or a very big one, because of what we made in Q1 and what the liability was projecting to be for the rest of the year. So to your point, we’ve got to have that return, complete or near complete. We’ve got to have some idea of what may or may not be coming here in the second half of the year. And then you’ve got some cool software that you can run some analyses. And we can put a visual to this, which I think really helps people understand how the tax liabilities work and how we want to think about making these payments.

Sean Richards  11:02

Yeah, I agree seeing it visually and kind of understanding Ah, okay, that’s where that comes into the equation. And this is where this is going to kind of fall into it. And I mean, even something like that. My first question back to you is, you know, what do you expect? I mean, I guess the answer is coming from me as your accountant. But what do you expect your business to have in profit or loss at the end of the year? And a lot of people don’t even really think about the fact that they have to answer that question first before we can even get to that. So it really starts getting you thinking about all the different inputs that ultimately work their way into that one little line on your return.

Tim Ulbrich  11:05

And this is where you can see like, hey, if we pull the lever, and we max out the HSA, or we put money into more into the traditional 401k, whatever might be the outcome, like what does it actually change when we get to the bottom and we look at the tax liability. So really powerful if we can get that projection process in place. So that was number two on our list of 10 common tax blunders to avoid. Number three on list is undervaluing the power of the HSA. We’ve talked at length on this show about health savings accounts. We’ll link to in the show notes our previous episodes on HSAs. Talk to us, Sean, it surprises me a little bit to be honest, that we’re still seeing the HSA be underutilized.

Sean Richards  12:16

Yeah, I think it’s one of those things and I think you, you certainly don’t see it once you’re kind of working with us. And you’ve been able to kind of see the power, hear us talk about it, or visually show, hey, this is what could have been or anything like that. But I think it really kind of comes down to sort of just the education in the country broadly about some of these things like 401K, HSA kind of everything. You know, you get thrown into your first job out of college, and you have to sign 1000 pieces of paper in your onboarding stuff from HR and put you know what percentage of this you want and traditional Roth and all these numbers kind of get thrown out there, and you lose the benefits or you think, hey, maybe I’ll I’ll throw some percentage here and some percentage here and some percentage here. And that’s, you know, obviously a pretty good strategy as far as spreading things out and stuff, but HSAs have a triple tax benefit. Most if any other retirement vehicles have that. So by not maximizing that HSA, if you have that available to you, you’re really losing out, even if you are kind of spreading the love to other places first, I mean, you want to really be able to get that triple benefit there before you start going elsewhere. So when I say triple tax benefit, when you make your contributions this year, or if they’re coming out of your paycheck, that’s a tax deduction, or it’s coming out of your taxable income, reducing your taxable income, the growth of the investment tax free. And then when you take it out, assuming it’s for qualified expenses, also tax free. So usually you’re getting one maybe two of those, like you tax free now, but then you pay the tax in the future, or vice versa. This is the only one that has that that triple, so it’s awesome. The one thing I will say there is that on the flip side, I’ll see plenty of times where you know, you get excited and sign up for the first time and might miss you know, you’re working a couple jobs or something and over contribute. So it as long as it’s something that you catch, not a problem, we can fix that even if we get past the end of the year, you know, you can have those things returned. But something to try to get ahead of, as I say with great power comes great responsibility. So a lot of power with the HSA. But rules just like everything else to keep track of and limits and everything. So you just want to make sure that you’re staying on top of those two.

Tim Ulbrich  14:28

Yeah, tracking expenses, are they qualified, making sure you’re using it appropriately? All important things. You know, I like to refer to the HSA as a legal tax avoidance vehicle. Right. So that’s a good one. To your point, we don’t see that in other accounts. And so, you know, I think there’s always the debate of, Hey, am I actually going to potentially need these funds for qualified health care expenses, and if so great, we can get the tax benefits. If not, and or I’m not projecting that I’m gonna need it, then there’s some options to use this as, you know what we call kind of a stealth IRA potentially, another option when it comes to long term savings and investing. Alright, so that’s number three. undervaluing the power of the HSA on our list of 10 Common tax blunders to avoid. Number four is not optimizing retirement contributions. Tell us more here. 

Sean Richards  15:21

So, that kind of follows the HSA thing, as you were sort of alluding to there. And HSA is kind of like a retirement vehicle. It’s sort of intended as being used for health expenses, but it can also kind of be used as a retirement vehicle. So that is, can fall under this umbrella. But what I’m talking about here is, you know, you hear IRAs, 401Ks. Another great example of where you start your first job, they start throwing all these things out at you, you know that there’s tax benefits, you know that you should be putting money into these things, but how to actually optimize that. And not only that, but how to actually optimize it for whatever your broader financial strategy is. Because I’ll have folks come to me and say, Hey, should I max out my 401K? Well, first off, do you mean traditional 401k? Or do you mean Roth 401k? Traditional, you’ll have the tax savings now, Roth you get in the future. And you know, that begins to go back to well, though, the question that I’ll get is, Well, which one should I do? And the answer is, you know, what is your broader financial plan? Where do you think you’re going to be? I mean, I’ll tell you now, as the tax guy, traditional 401k is going to give you the tax savings now, you look good, I guess, when we do our returns, but is that really what’s going to be the best for you and your financial situation, given where you expect to be in the future. So knowing that breakdown, I mean, even just I talk about IRAs and 401K’s people use those interchangeably. They’re very, very different. They’re very, very similar. They have, you know, similar components, where you have traditional and Roth to choose from, you can have pre tax components and non pre tax components. But they’re very different in the sense that there’s different limits that apply to them. There’s different phase outs, whether you’re in, you know, make more income and everything. So just understanding even Hey, what, what options do you have? Let’s start with that. And then from there, what are your financial goals? And how can we make the options available to you best suit those financial goals? So there’s just a lot being left on the table there. And I think it all comes back to you know, not planning ahead of time. 

Tim Ulbrich  17:26

And Sean, your your example of you know, when somebody comes to you and says, Hey, should I do Roth? Should I do traditional? And you say, it depends without saying it depends, like Tim Baker says it depends. But that’s really what you’re getting to is it does depends, because we can’t make that decision in a silo. And this is why we believe so much in the value of having a CFP and a CPA on your team that can communicate and talk with one another and really look at these decisions, you know, as you’re making a decision on what investment contribution or if you’re approaching retirement, and you’re thinking about the withdrawal phase that has tax implications, has planning implications, you put those two together, and we can start to look at the whole picture and make that decision that’s optimal. Number five, I’m curious about this one, Sean. So you’re referring to number five as quote, wasting itemized deductions? I’m curious, because it feels like with the rise in the amount of the standard deduction, that itemized deductions maybe aren’t as prevalent or common. So what are you referring to here?

Sean Richards  18:27

Well, that actually is what you just said, is actually one of the things that I’m kind of getting at there. And that’s kind of not factoring in the fact that the standard deduction is getting higher every year, and it kind of continues to go that way. And so, you know, traditionally, we’ve all kind of had this idea of once you buy a house, you’re gonna itemize deductions, and you have all these sort of miscellaneous deductions that come into play. But a few years ago with the the tax law changes, and the Tax Cut and Jobs Act, a lot of that stuff went away, and a lot of the deductions were either limited or or outright removed in favor of that standard reduction going up. And when I say wasting, you know, there’s a couple of different things here, but particularly, what you just said is, if you have a lot of itemized deductions, but they don’t hit that standard deduction amount, and you end up still taking the standard deduction, which is what we would typically do, you know, barring any other kinds of reasons why we couldn’t, a lot of folks feel like they’ve lost their itemized deductions. They’re like, wait a minute, wait a minute. So you’re telling me I, I put $1,000 towards charity last year, I paid this much toward my mortgage, and I paid this much in taxes, and I’m not, I don’t get credit for that?

Tim Ulbrich  19:35

That’s what the standard deduction is! 

Sean Richards  19:36

Yeah. And it’s hard to say, you know, you don’t get credit for it. But the standard deduction is more, so we’re going to take that and, you know, that’s, that’s what’s gonna give you the best savings. Now, there are ways to maximize that if you do kind of look at it ahead of time. You might have the ability to do something that we call bunching where you say, hey, let’s try to pull itemized deductions into one year and itemize then and then have less than another year and take advantage of that higher standard deduction. Or you know, you have PSLF is a huge thing, right, of course, with pharmacists. And typically when we have folks that are doing PSLF, we want to look at filing status and potentially filing separately. And when you file separately, you that brings in new itemized deduction, when you itemize, your spouse can’t take the standard deduction, vice versa. So you have situations there where you have one spouse that’s paying a bunch towards mortgage interest. But at the end of the day, you both take the standard deduction, there’s just a lot of things that can kind of come into play there. And that’s one of the ones that you really don’t have a lot of flexibility with after the fact. I mean, that’s the case with a lot of tax stuff. But this in particular is one of those things that you really want to think about it ahead of time, like where what filing status, are we going to be possibly filing as, what’s the standard deduction, what do we have for itemized deductions and try to maximize it as best you can? Because there’s nothing worse than telling somebody, yeah, that money that you donated, I mean, it’s great for you morally, but it’s not gonna help your taxes this year.

Tim Ulbrich  21:04

So Sean, let’s talk about bunching a little bit more, I think this is something we’re seeing more common among our clients and questions, and maybe just an awareness and an education about who this might be a good fit for. So if I’m following this correctly, if we if we look to 2024, the standard deduction for married filing jointly is going up to $29,200. So if someone’s listening, and they were to itemize, which again, it wouldn’t make sense if it’s below the $29,200. But if they weren’t itemizing, it’s $25k, $26k, $20k. Somewhere in that range, or ish, like, that’s where you start to look at and say, Oh, are there opportunities that, hey, maybe some of the giving we have planned for next year, or other things that we could push into this year? Maybe we itemize one year? And then the next year we go standard? Am I following that? right? 

Sean Richards  21:50

Exactly. And it’s one of those things, this is an example where the visual, I think, makes the most sense, because we can put a couple examples next to each other and say, like, Hey, this is what it’ll look like if we take the standard deduction every year. But this is what it looks like if we sort of shift these things around. And for some folks, you might not even have the ability to make those changes, right. Like if you’re, if the primary driver of your itemized deductions is your mortgage interest, and you’re not really doing any charitable contributions, there’s only so much you can really do about your mortgage, that I mean, maybe you can prepay interest or something, but that’s not going to change a lot. You have other folks who may have, you know, mortgage or lower mortgage interest, taxes get capped at 10k, too, as of right now, with the with the law changes I was talking about earlier. But you also so you might have some people who have a huge number of charitable contributions, and they can pull that lever and like you were kind of saying, hey, maybe we pull them into this year, or defer to next year. But the big thing I’ll say there is that a lot of people will then kind of come back to me and say, well, that doesn’t fit my giving strategy. I, I do a certain percentage every month, and it goes that way. And I don’t want to change that because that would change, you know, the way that the church is able to use my money or something like that. And that’s perfectly fine. I just want to have those discussions ahead of time, and be all on the same page and say, Hey, we’re making this decision for a reason, not looking back and saying, ah wish we had done this, you know, last year, maybe next year.

Tim Ulbrich  23:20

As we talked about all the time on the financial planning side of the business, right? financial decisions, or combination of the math, and how do we emotionally feel about those decisions, right? Same thing here, we might look at the giving strategy and say, You know what, we’re willing to give up a little bit of potential tax savings, because we want to give in this matter, so be it. Let’s just look at the options and what we have available. Number six is not saving for taxes when earning additional income. I’m laughing because I know this comes up all the time where you know, side hustlers, new business owners, people that are launching something, they’ve got some revenue, and then there’s a oh, crap moment, right?

Sean Richards  23:52

Yeah. And this one is tough because I mean, no one has a crystal ball. Right? So as I was just saying on one of the ones before, my question to you, when we’re doing projections is where you expect the business to land in profit and loss this year, and you have a pretty good idea, or at least you hope you do. But that can always change for anybody, not none of us can see the future. But the point here is, at least giving it some thought and trying to come up with a number and planning accordingly. And the biggest thing I would say here is not only just thinking about it, kind of in a one track mind, really thinking about the many different implications that side income can have. If you have self employment income, you’re going to have regular ordinary income tax on that just like you would if you’re working a W2 job, but you’re also going to have self employment tax on that, which is basically the government’s way of saying hey, we want the FICA that you’d be paying, we’re withholding as an employee and the FICA that you usually don’t see your employer pay for you in a W2 job. And that’s, you know, 17%. So all of a sudden you have that plus your ordinary income tax rate and you’re looking at 30 something percent at the end of the year. And now again, there’s different deductions that come into play, there’s a lot more that go into the broader calculation, but at least you know, getting ahead of that and saying, Okay, I’m expecting my business to earn 50k this year of of net profit. I’m going to have to pay income tax on that, self employment tax on that, state tax on that, at least saying, Alright, this is what I expect my liability to be at the worst. And putting aside a percentage of that or something. Again, and I probably sound like a broken record, it all comes back to planning and projecting and thinking ahead, because nobody wants to get to the end of the year and have their accountant say, Awesome work. First time, you know, doing the side gig, you made a bunch of money, now you owe a bunch of taxes. So again, just getting ahead of that putting the money aside, doing the math on it, thinking about those other taxes. If it’s rental income, you don’t have self employment tax, but you have passive loss limitations. So if you have a rental property, and you have a lot of losses there, you’re not necessarily going to be able to take those against your active income because of different limitations. So probably now starting to put people to sleep. But it all goes back to really trying to think about where those other side income sources are, and what is possibly going to hit your return at the end of the year.

Tim Ulbrich  26:13

Yeah, and, you know, to be fair, we also have to be realistic, right? So for new business owners, new side hustlers, you know, you can only do so much planning. Now, once you’ve got a couple years under your belt, you kind of get an idea where things are going, you know, just like we do in the business, you do some projections, even then we get it wrong, but we’re within the realm, right, because we’ve done it for seven or eight years, when someone’s launching a brand new business, your side hustle, you know, they may think they’re going to earn $50,000. And they end up earning two. Or they think they’re going to earn two and earn 50. Because they just don’t know, right at that point. So I think in those cases, you know, you don’t have a great bookkeeping system, that’s going to take time for that to build up, of course, but the point being set aside a percentage of the income to be conservative, call it potential tax. And then as you get further along, there’s going to be more detail to be done and what those projections are, but just don’t spend it all and have nothing there for tax.

Sean Richards  27:08

Right. Just put something there. And the other thing that that you mentioned that I almost forgot about is the fact that I’m kind of just broadly saying, Hey, Tim, what’s your profit gonna be in your business at the end of the year? For a lot of folks, you know, just figuring that out is difficult, you might be able to say, hey, I have a client that’s going to pay me $10,000 this year. And so I’m going to $10,000 of income. Well, yeah, that’s true. But we’re also going to have expenses. And the first question I get are, well, what expenses can I deduct? So asking those questions now, and talking about the different things that are deductible, what fits as a legitimate business expense, all those things is much better than at the end of the year, sending me a 1099 and saying, Hey, I made 10 grand. I don’t have any expenses. Let’s try to figure it out. Right. It’s just trying to get ahead of those things and thinking about it now. That’s where you can start making decisions and not being reactive.

Tim Ulbrich  28:03

Number seven, on our list of common tax blunders to avoid, many of these coming from the 2023 filing year that we just wrapped up is not making estimated tax payments. And, you know, the question here being, I think, who does need to be making estimated tax payments and what’s the blunder here? 

Sean Richards  28:22

Yeah, and I probably could have reworded that a little bit. But estimated tax payments, it kind of follows right after the the question above in the sense that most folks here are probably going to be folks that earn additional income. And when I say additional income, I mean income from sources non W2 where you don’t have those withholdings. So typically you think you get your paycheck every two weeks. And the employer, the payroll company is withholding your share of FICA, federal income tax, state income tax and remitting that to the government. Because think about your least financially savvy friend at the end of the year, if they didn’t have that happening, would they be able to pay their taxes? Probably almost certainly not. Because I see a lot of financially responsible folks who are very, very well educated and great with their cash and they still struggle the to put money aside the end of the year, let alone you know, people who are completely struggling. So the government recognizes this. They want your your cash on a regular basis. And for most folks, that’s going to be withholdings. However, if your withholdings aren’t covering off for whatever reason, whether you’re not withholding enough at your W2 jobs, or as I said is more of the common case you have side income, you should be making estimated payments to supplement it. So the rough rule there is if you are going to owe $1,000 at filing time, you should be paying estimated taxes. The first question I would probably get from someone is am I expected to owe that? And then of course the answer is well, let’s do a projection and find out. But basically, yeah, once you do a projection if you’re looking at this, and you can do it multiple ways where you’re starting with your business, but whatever, you gotta you have to keep in mind all the different pieces, right? Like I, a lot of people will say, Hey, I have this business, how much should I put aside for it and just like the example we just talked about, if I told you to put aside 30% to cover off on your income tax and self employment tax or whatever, that’s not necessarily going to work for you because you might have a ton of credits from children or you might have, you might have bought an EV this year and are getting a big credit. So you have to think about all the components and then look at and say, All right, am I going to owe or am I not going to owe. And when you get to that point, if it’s if it looks like you’re going to owe more than $1,000, either adjust withholdings or you should be paying in regularly. So estimated taxes is basically whatever that balance is that you expect to owe. They just want you to pay that in evenly quarterly throughout the year. It’s not perfectly quarterly because the IRS can’t be that easy about things. But it’s basically saying, Hey, we don’t have withholdings, so send us in that piece that you’re missing, that you should be withholding every few months to supplement. The one big thing I will say here is that a lot of folks will assume, hey, and especially with extensions, right? If you and I’ll say this till the day I die, if you file an extension, it gives you six months to file, but not to pay your ta liability. Like a lot of folks will say, as long as I pay my tax liability by tax day, I’m good to go no matter what. I mean, even if I do an extension, as long as I pay that money, then I’m fine. But the piece that I try to hammer home for folks is that even throughout the year kind of thing, the quarterly thing I was mentioning, so if you’re expected to owe 10 grand, and you go at the end of the year and pay that in April, when you file, the IRS is going to be angry and say hey, you should have been paying that in the year here. And they’re going to slap you. Yeah. So again, broken record, all comes down to planning. But to the extent you’re able to identify any kind of gaps in where you expect to owe money at the end of the year and can close them now whether that’s making estimated payments directly to the IRS or adjusting your withholdings, it’s much better to fix it now and get ahead of it. Then the flip side and trying to you know, request a penalty abatement in the back end.

Tim Ulbrich  32:18

Yeah, just to reinforce a an important point you made, Sean, is that if you do file an extension, which to be clear, like is not a bad thing. 

Sean Richards  32:26

Not at all whatsoever. 

Tim Ulbrich  32:28

Yeah, we really believe as we say over and over again and right over rushed. And there’s a value in the extension process. But that is not a pass on paying your tax that is due. So there’s work that has to be done, when you go to file that extension to figure out like, Hey, do we have a tax liability due, so we can make that payment, but we’re giving ourselves an extended time to be able to finish everything up and actually get the return in.

Sean Richards  32:52

And I mean, that might have even been an extreme example, like if you didn’t file an extension, even which again, I think extensions are one of the most underutilized things in the tax code. But if you didn’t do that, and you still owed at the end of the year and paid all that money in on December 31, the IRS is still going to be mad because they’re still going to say you should have been paying it in January, February, March, April. So the name of the game here is just making sure that you’re not ever getting too far away from where you expect your tax liability to be and what you’ve paid in any given point in the year. 

Tim Ulbrich  33:26

Which is why for the small business owner listening, this is why it is so important to have a system that is operationalized in your business where you have books and records that are being kept, whether it’s quarterly, whether that’s monthly, whatever your business needs, and you’re able to then use that information to feed into what you need to be making in terms of those estimated payments. So I’ll preach that. And I’ll preach it saying, Hey, we have it’s taken us a while to kind of figure this out. And to get into this rhythm and it’s not going to be perfect. It’s going to be you know, messy as you’re developing it. But so important over time as you get some stability in the business to have that type of system and predictability. Number eight on the list is overlooking investment, activity. Activity being the key word here, right?

Sean Richards  34:11

Yeah, so this is a lot I could you know, another example of one where I could spend a whole session or whole podcast going through this. But really, the big thing here is just thinking about the different types of investment activity that you may have. And right like you just said activity is kind of the name of the game here. So just because you have investments doesn’t necessarily mean that you’re going to have a tax liability or any kind of tax implications associated with it. But thinking about what types of activity you had going on in a particular year and making sure you’re getting ahead of that is going to be crucial, especially now with all these different types of types of stock performance incentives that folks have so restricted stock units, RSUs; employee purchase, employee stock purchase programs, ESPP; ISOs, incentive of stock options. All these different things, they’re all great. It’s just one of those things where you want to make sure you’re at least understanding the tax implications beforehand, because for some of those, you know, you won’t actually have a any kind of thing to do necessarily, or liabilities to take care of until you actually go and sell some of those shares. Typically, that’s the case. But again, just understanding how that works, knowing that you might need to get additional information to your accountant, hopefully us, to be able to adjust basis for taxes that you’ve already paid. I’ve seen a lot of people who paid double on some of these things, because they already paid when they were when some of the stocks vested. And then kind of paid taxes on that a second time when they sold those, those stocks. So lots to think about there. I mean, there was higher interest rates last year across the board. So a lot of folks had higher investment income, like interest income and stuff, which is great. But again, just something you want to plan for, there’s usually no withholdings there, you start making good money, the net investment income tax comes in. So that’s just a little additional tax on investment income. But it’s one of those things where the more I talk about it, the more people are probably spinning their heads. But a lot of folks have a lot of different types of investments, whether you think you do or you don’t, you know, even just having a few bank accounts and a couple shares of stocks here and there is enough that if you’re making moves on those, those can really affect your taxes. So just making sure you’re taking advantage of anything. And again, really think about the activity that you had in a year. What did I do? Did I sell anything? Did I buy anything? Did I convert anything? That kind of stuff.

Tim Ulbrich  36:36

We don’t typically think about, you know, interest in high yield savings accounts as being significant enough, right, that we have to plan for it. As you mentioned, we don’t have withholdings, right, that come out of your high yield savings account interest. However, when we think about this past year, especially people may have higher amounts in those accounts for people listening to that $50, $100, $150,000 across high yield savings accounts, earning four and a quarter, four and a half percent. That adds up pretty quickly.

Sean Richards  37:01

That’s literally what it is like, and, you know, we would do projections and get really, really close for folks, but be off by you know, a few $1,000 at the end of the year and looking at and saying, Hey, what what was often our, or what did we miss in our in our assumptions when we were looking at this? And a lot of the times we’re under estimating just simple interest income because people had cash sitting in some of the high yield savings accounts. But if you’re in high tax brackets, and you have that net investment income tax coming in, all the sudden a few $1,000 of income is a few $1,000 of taxes. So yeah, not a bad thing. But just something you want plan for.

Tim Ulbrich  37:39

Number nine on our list of 10 Common tax blunders to avoid from the 2023 filings is misunderstanding some of the tax law changes. What what are you referring to here?

Sean Richards  37:49

Yeah, so this one is going to be a little kind of twofold. So typically, when I’ve been saying tax law changes, the biggest things in the past few years have been energy credits. So the Inflation Reduction Act that Biden signed a couple of years ago, really expanded a lot of EV, green, other types of energy efficient credits. And those have been awesome for many folks, lots of good tax savings there. Again, it expanded a lot of things that apply, and it got rid of a lot of the limits that used to apply for some of these things. So there’s a lot of savings to be had. And tax credits. This is that’s what all of these kind of EV and green credits are, they’re their credits, those are dollar for dollar savings against tax liability, as opposed to a deduction, which just reduces your taxable income and really only reduces your tax by the percentage of your of your rate. These are credits. So it’s bang for your buck, the big deal. The only thing I’ll say on the energy credit side is as much as there’s a lot of room to save, there’s a lot of misunderstandings of, hey, I bought a plug in or a hybrid last year. So where’s my tax credit? Well, some plug in hybrids count, but not all hybrids count. Or, you know, I did this work on my house. And I was expecting to only get this much of a credit, but oh, actually, it was solar. So it’s a 30% credit with no limit, you know, you can have the opposite side of that, and planning accordingly with those things. Again, not that it’s necessarily the worst thing in the world to have a big refund. But if you can think about it ahead of time and say, Hey, I’m buying an Eevee this year, and you know that you’re gonna get 7500 bucks back as a credit. Yep, there’s a pretty good chance you can adjust your withholdings this year and get some of that cash back now and not have to worry about it at the end of the year. The flip side, and this might begin to scare folks, but it is thinking about other kinds of broader tax law changes. And when I think about this, I think of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act sunsetting. Which it’s supposed to be doing in 2026 or at the end of 2025. So a lot of the was things I was talking about the itemized deduction changes, but one that people might not really even have remembered is the fact that tax brackets all went down when that happened. And in a couple of years, those are supposed to go back to the rates that they were. Will that happen? Who knows, we have no idea who will the President will be what, Congress’s makeup will be. But having an eye on that, and knowing at least now, hey, in two years, we’re expecting these rates are going to go up. So being able to plan accordingly and knowing that, hey, in two years, itemized deductions are going to change quite a bit, or the standard deduction is going to change. Getting ahead of those things. I know, it sounds crazy to be thinking a couple years out in the future. But when we’re talking about projections and thinking about pulling levers, those things actually do start to come into play. So I don’t want to scare folks. But it’s one of those things where, you know, all of a sudden, there’s sweeping tax changes, and it’s kind of swept under the rug because of all the other political turmoil and everything going on. So something Yeah, I just don’t want lost on folks. 

Tim Ulbrich  41:02

It’s interesting. You bring up Sean the tax cut and jobs, I remember the passage of that, and 2016, you know, I filed graduated 2008. So I graduated, filed several years before that was in place, but you don’t think about that, right? As well, when when it’s going in the favorable direction of what that means to cash flow. But it’d be interesting, and we’ll see politically what would happen. You know, you can imagine some of the turmoil if that were to go in the other direction and impact on what could be.

Sean Richards  41:29

Exactly and you know, for most folks, your withholdings likely will adjust accordingly. So you’re probably not going to end up with like a huge tax bill, so to speak. But there’s a pretty good chance that in a couple years, you’re going to be paying in more of every paycheck towards the government. Or even worse, if you have a side gig, you might be having a liability building up that’s bigger than it has been in previous years. And if you don’t have a system for saving, you’ll be in trouble.

Tim Ulbrich  41:30

All right on the homestretch number ten on our list, what would it be if we didn’t talk about some of the real annoying stuff under estimating state and local tax complexities. This is your favorite topic, Sean? 

Sean Richards  42:08

Yeah, it is, because we’re probably what I will maybe not one of the few firms. But you know, there’s not a ton of firms probably that are virtual like we are and work with clients across the entire country, a lot of tax and accounting firms tend to be kind of specific to a regional area. So I’m probably you know, in a smaller minority, in a minority of CPAs that deal with this, but it definitely comes up quite a bit with our client base. And I think that’s a notion of, you know, just people doing a lot of traveling and moving. But especially with a lot of the careers now and being able to work remote. You know, you have people working from home part time, full time you have people doing traveling nursing or even pharmacy related gigs like that. And anytime you’re doing work and you’re crossing state borders, there’s most likely tax implications associated with that. And does that mean that you’re going to necessarily have to pay tax in another state, if you were working there briefly, maybe, probably not. But just understanding the different rules around those things and being able to maximize them too. If you’re living in a state where you’re you’re working in a state and living in a state and one has a higher income tax rate than the other, but you have the ability to kind of choose your residency based on the tax rules, you know, that’s something that you’d want to do ahead of time. So just thinking about those different types of things, making sure you’re withholding enough. Local taxes. There’s other states besides Ohio, but Ohio being the biggest one there. I don’t understand how, folks, you know, just working a job down the street can keep up with all those things, but local taxes, understanding where you live, what the school district taxes are versus the residence town tax versus the city town, you know, all these different taxes, it can be overwhelming, just under estimating how complex some of that stuff can be not having a hand on the wheel. I just talked about all those nine things. And those can all be applied to the federal income tax return. We’ll apply them all to the state and local returns as well. So I’m sure folks living in Florida, Texas, Washington, New Hampshire all shut off. But people in Ohio probably crank the volume on that last one there. So definitely not something to take too lightly. 

Tim Ulbrich  44:22

This is timely, and I was knocking on RITA earlier, but we are dealing with a RITA issue this week. And you know, just some lingering things and it feels like every once in a while we’ll get random notices from them for those that have a business that you sell product, you got sales tax. I mean, there’s just so many layers of things to keep up with. 

Sean Richards  44:39

Exactly and it goes back to kind of understanding the tax calculation and how all these things go together. Yeah, and sometimes visually really is the best way to do that and seeing like if I send an email to someone and say, Hey, in Ohio, you have this federal tax you have this schedule C, you have self employment tax. You also have Ohio tax, that you RITA and then you have a tax where you work, but also where you live. And then you also have a school district tax. People are like, What are you talking about? But when you actually look at where it falls into returns, it makes a lot more sense. So doing that only once a year to me just isn’t sufficient given how complex I see these situations becoming.

Tim Ulbrich  45:19

As Sean mentioned, at YFP Tax, we work with pharmacists, households, and others all across the country. So we have a virtual paperless firm that we’re very proud of. We also obviously supplement that with our financial planning services, which most of our listeners are well familiar with that. If you want to learn more about our comprehensive year round tax planning, what’s involved with that, I think we’ve laid out the case of why that is a good fit and a service that many people should be thinking about. But if you want to determine if it’s a good fit for your situation, you get a YFPtax.com You can learn more and book a free discovery call with my partner, Tim Baker to determine whether or not that’s a service is the right fit for you, Sean, great stuff as always, we’ll be talking more tax throughout the year. Thanks for taking the time to come on.

Sean Richards  46:04

Yeah, thank you. Have a good one.

Tim Ulbrich  46:06

You too.

Tim Ulbrich  46:08

As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding material should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. Furthermore, the information contained in our archive newsletters, blog posts and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacists unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward looking statements, which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacists podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 368: How Much is Enough for Kids College?


Tim Baker helps parents navigate saving for their child’s college education, from projecting costs and balancing goals to 529 plans.  

This episode is brought to you by First Horizon.

Episode Summary

Most parents desire to contribute toward their child’s college tuition; however, knowing how much to save and plan for can be a bit of a moving target. How much is enough to save for college?

Tim Baker, YFP Co-Founder and Director of Financial Planning, lays out the financial roadmap to help parents navigate the complexities of college savings. Tim emphasizes the importance of prioritizing college savings, projecting future costs, and balancing these savings with other financial goals. He also breaks down the benefits of starting early and making consistent contributions to make the goal more attainable.

Learn more about education savings options, including 529 plans and Coverdale education savings accounts. Tim also shares the ⅓ rule for funding college education that listeners may find make the reality of saving for their child’s future education more attainable. 

This episode is brought to you by First Horizon.

About Today’s Guest

Tim Baker is the Co-Founder and Director of Financial Planning at Your Financial Pharmacist. Founded in 2015, YFP is a fee-only financial planning firm and connects with the YFP community of 12,000+ pharmacy professionals via the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast podcast, blog, website resources and speaking engagements. 

Tim attended the United States Military Academy majoring in International Relations and branching Armor. After his military career, he worked as a logistician with a major retailer and a construction company. After much deliberation, Tim decided to make a pivot in his career and joined a small independent financial planning firm in 2012. In 2016, he launched his own financial planning firm Script Financial and in 2019 merged with Your Financial Pharmacist. Tim now lives in Columbus, Ohio with his wife (Shay), three kids (Olivia, Liam and Zoe), and dog (Benji).

Key Points from the Episode

  • Saving for kids’ college, prioritizing investments, and mortgage options for pharmacists. [0:00]
  • Saving for kids’ college, varying opinions on approach. [2:13]
  • Prioritizing investing for kids college amidst other financial goals. [6:05]
  • Financial planning for education costs, including 529 plans and other options. [11:13]
  • Education savings options for kids, including 529 plans and UTMA/Coverdale accounts. [15:41]
  • 529 college savings plans with potential tax benefits and flexibility. [21:08]
  • Saving for college, including 1/3 rule and assumptions. [25:23]
  • Saving for college using 1/3 rule and financial planning tools. [30:02]
  • College savings for a 9-year-old girl, with current balance and projected needs. [34:39]
  • Saving for children’s education expenses. [38:39]
  • Saving for college and financial planning with a certified financial planner. [42:56]

Episode Highlights

“So your retirement should come before your children’s college tuition. There’s no financial aid in retirement, and there’s still a good amount of that, you know, for your kid’s schooling.” – Tim Baker [9:54]

“The further we go in the future, the more uncertainty. But we can make some educated guesses and conjectures. Again, it goes back to the whole idea of, it’s more about planning than the plan, because life happens, things change.” – Tim Baker [13:36]

“Saving for your kid’s college is just like your retirement. It’s like when I say to clients, hey, you need $2 million to retire, you are looking at me like I have 2 million heads. It’s a big number, way in the future. The same thing holds true with education. It just feels more than what it actually is.” – Tim Baker [43:01]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich  00:00

Hey everybody, Tim Ulbrich here and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast where each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. This week, Tim Baker and I revisit saving for kids college, a topic that is top of mind for both of us in our own financial plans. Before we answer the question how much is enough when it comes to saving for kids college, we discussed the priority for investing, including where kids college savings fits among other goals, and the differences between common vehicles that are used for saving for kids college. Let’s hear a message from today’s sponsor, First Horizon, and then we’ll jump in our discussion of how much is enough when it comes to saving for kids college. 

Tim Ulbrich  00:40

Does saving 20% for a down payment on a home feels like an uphill battle?  It’s no secret that pharmacists have a lot of competing financial priorities, including high student loan debt, meaning that saving 20% for a down payment on a home may take years. For several years now we’ve been partnering with First Horizon, who offers a professional home loan option AKA a doctor or pharmacist loan that requires a 3% downpayment for a single family home or a townhome. For first time homebuyers, has no PMI and offers a 30 year fixed rate mortgage on home loans up to $766,550 in most areas. The pharmacist home loan is available in all states except Alaska and Hawaii, and can be used to purchase condos as well. However, rates may be higher and a condo review has to be completed. While I’ve personally worked with First Horizon before and had a great experience with Tony and his team,  don’t just take it from me. Here’s what Emily from Prattville, Alabama had to say about her experience with First Horizon: “Clear communication and excellent guidance from Gail and Cindy throughout the entire process. I greatly appreciated the fact that everything was digital, because I’m allergic to paper, the ability to upload inside everything digitally made the process very efficient, which I prefer. This was by far the best mortgage process I have experienced. This is my seventh when counting refinances.” So to check out the requirements for First Horizon’s pharmacist home loan and to start the pre-approval process, visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacists.com/ home-loan. 

Tim Ulbrich  02:13

Tim, it’s good to have you back on the show.

Tim Baker  02:15

Good to be back, Tim, how’s it going?

Tim Ulbrich  02:16

It is going well, this is gonna be a fun one. We’re discussing a topic that is top of mind for both of us in our own financial plans. I’ve got four kids 12 and under, you’ve got three kids nine and under. And we’re in that prime window where saving for kids college is getting real, right? We look at our older children and say, Hey, that’s not too far off. And it really begs the question, are we on track? And I don’t know about you. But for me, it feels like early on when the boys were much younger, younger it was this concept of hey, let’s start putting money away. And we’ll worry about that later. Worried about that later is right now.

Tim Baker  02:55

Yeah, life comes at you fast, right, Tim? So, you know, a lot of a lot of people, you know, they might say, hey, I’ll get to that, or, you know, I talk to prospective clients all the time and it’s like, yeah, I really want to, I really want to put money away for my kids college. And I’ve been thinking about it for a while. And, you know, I’m like, Well, how old is your son or daughter? And it’s like, oh, they’re eight? You know, so how long did you think about this? For eight years. So it is one of those things that sometimes that’s true, that holds true for retirement too, Tim so, you know, it’s it’s one of those things where the sooner you bet, you know, the sooner you do it, the better. You know, it makes, it makes the amount that you are, you know, your what you’re trying to do easier to kind of achieve. So, yeah, we’re right in the thick of it and and hoping that, you know, the cost of college, you know, doesn’t continue to kind of inflate at what it has in the past. But you know, no control over that, obviously.

Tim Ulbrich  03:48

Yeah, and we’re going to talk about that specifically because when we get to the part of trying to determine how much is enough, we got to make some assumptions on what is going to be the cost of college into the future. Now for those that are listening, that have kids that are butting up against college, we know what those numbers are going to be or likely be. But for those that have kids that are much, much younger, trying to project out 15, 16, 17 years, what college costs may look like, can certainly be more more challenging. Tim, I want to get your perspective on what seems to be a varying philosophy around saving for kids college. I recently published a poll on LinkedIn asking individuals how are you approaching saving for kids college and there was over 260 people that responded and here Here are the results. 30% said that they plan to fully fund their kids college. 61% said they plan to partially fund and just shy of 10% said you know what? They’re on their own. Kids got to figure it out on their own. So when you hear that and interactions you’ve had with clients and anything surprised you there?

Tim Baker  04:54

Um, I am surprised, I am a little surprised. I feel like, I feel like the 60% of like the partial would have been a lot more. Like that would have been closer to like 80. And they may be like 10 and 10. On, you know, the they’re on their own, or I’m going to do 100%. So that that’s probably the only thing. Because yeah, I talk to clients all the time. And it’s, it’s, it’s, it’s those three things. It’s like, Hey, I went through this. So my kid has to go through it, I went through this, I never want my kid to go through it. And then that in between of like, I want to provide something but I just don’t know what that is. So little surprised by the percentages, honestly, how big of a sample size was that?

Tim Ulbrich  05:37

Over 260 people. So pretty large group that responded. And there was a couple of comments that I think really, you know, drive home some of the differing opinions, and everyone obviously is there on their own journey. One person said, quote, they want to partially fund they referring to the kids, they need to have skin in the game. I’ve also heard of parents giving their kids cash directly for any scholarships they get. That’s a neat way of incentivizing working hard for them. Someone else said, Hey, would love to fully fund, but also need to look at my future and retirement. We’ll talk about that here in a little bit as it relates to the priority of investing, and how we want to think about kids college among other competing financial goals. So we’re going to break today’s discussion into three parts. Part one is going to be just that we’ll talk about the priority of investing, where might kids college fit into the broader part of the financial plan? Certainly, this is not investing advice, but some considerations there. Part two, we’ll talk about the common vehicles. And we’ll spend the most time on the 529 plan. And then part three will really spend time answering the question how much is enough. And I’m excited about that part because this is a piece that we haven’t drilled down into the details as much as the other two and for reference will link to these in the show notes. But we have talked about kids college previously, on the podcast, episode 195, we talked about how to save for your child’s education, and Episode 211, we talked about the ins and outs of the 529 college savings plan. So again, we’ll link to those make sure to check those out for more information. Tim, let’s start with that first part, which is the priority of investing. And I’m gonna go back to the comment that you made that, you know, for some people, especially when they came out with six figures or more of debt, you know, I’m thinking about my own journey of a couple $100,000 of debt, there can be a reaction of, hey, I never want my child to have to go through that either at all or something along those lines. And therefore, I’m going to start shoveling money into kids college savings accounts as early as possible. And not necessarily think about, you know, where that might lie in context with my own retirement savings or emergency funds or other parts of the financial goal. So it begs this question of where does kids college savings fit as a priority as we think about other investment vehicles or options? So what are your thoughts on that?

Tim Baker  07:56

Yeah, so, you know, I’ve had these conversations where people are like, I really want to get started and, you know, save for Jonny’s education or whatever. But you know, we’re looking at $25,000 in credit card debt, right. So not something that should be a high priority. We have to get through the consumer debt. So obviously, like, if we talk about the baby steps, we want to make sure that consumer debts in check, Tim, we want to make sure we have a proper emergency fund. Still a lot of people don’t, you know, come to the table with that. And that’s something that we have to work on. And what is a proper emergency fund? Where should we put it? It’s not an investment. Those that are based on I think, are the the big things, I’d be looking at it. You know, I think beyond that, you know, I think what most people would agree is shift into retirement and looking at what that looks like, you know, do we have a match? At least get the match? And then I think based on that, and again, I would be doing a retirement projection and a nest egg projection, I’d want to make sure that like some of the wealth protection stuff is sure enough, like, do you have the proper life insurance disability, that we have the state planning documents in place, all that kind of stuff, to then get back into the conversation of okay, what’s the next step after this? So a lot of people again, and the analogy that I like to use is like when you’re on the plane, and, you know, they say, Hey, if we lose cabin pressure and the mask come from, you know, that’s a really crappy situation, that’s not going to be fun. But put your mask on first, right? Put your mask on first before you you, you know, handle your your kids. So that’s going to be the same when we’re talking about retirement and an education plan. So your retirement should be should come before your children’s college tuition. There’s no financial aid in retirement, and there’s still a good amount of that, you know, for your kid’s schooling. We might get to a point Tim, where we’re not going to see the money flow as much for you know, for college loans and financial aid and things like that could be a real thing. reckoning that’s happening. However, I think there will always be alternatives, whether that That’s, you know, community college or trade schools are things that you can do that or at least get started. So that, to me is the big thing. I think when you get into the nuance of, of retirement, you know, the question I would I would ask to that person that clients like, are we on track for retirement? And if we are, obviously, like, let the money flow from an education perspective. If we’re not, that’s where I would want to, you know, and I think what a lot of people to Tim, they, what they do is, it’s not even really a question about what bucket they should fill. Part of it, part of what drives us is the tax benefits related something like a 529. So in Ohio, you can get up to $4,000 per student, regardless of filing status that is per year off of your Ohio State income tax. So a lot of people see that be like, boom, that’s what I’m going to do, or I want to get a portion of that without kind of doing the ABCs of where that should go. So I think outside of the match, I would say get the match. But then there’s probably a little bit more nuance in terms of like, okay, how do we then go from here, in terms of, are we putting more into the retirement? Are we are we putting more, are we starting to kind of, you know, flow monies into education planning.

Tim Ulbrich  11:13

Yeah. And what you’re sharing right there to me is such a good example of the benefit, one of the benefits of comprehensive financial planning. Because at the end of the day, we only have so much income to work with, hopefully, we can increase that income. We can only cut our expenses so much, and we’ve got a certain amount of cash flow, that we’re going to be able to assign to different financial goals, right. That could be building up an emergency fund that could be paying down debt, that could be a real estate purchase, that could be put money in a 529, that could be retirement savings for the future. And so we’re left with this decision of, hey, I’ve got all these balls potentially, to juggle in the air. How am I going to do that? And then what order? Second to it depends, probably the most common thing that we say on this podcast is you can’t make decisions in a silo when it comes to the financial plan. We’ve got to be able to take a step back and look at all the different factors so that we can see, okay, well, if I pull this lever, then what’s the impact of this part of the plan? Right? Because by pulling that driver putting money in a 529, that means we’re not probably doing something else. And are we okay with that or not? Okay with that. And if we project that out, what does that mean, for us in terms of achieving our financial goals? The other thing I would mention, and I know this episode is not focused on what we think is the future of higher ed. But because I spent over a decade in that space, I feel the need to comment, like, when you talk about something like the contraction, potentially, of access to financial aid and student loans, man, you’ve got to believe that if that were to happen in the future, there would be a significant shift in the business model of higher education at large, right? It’s already on the brink, I would say of some level of disruption, if that’s not already happening. And if there’s less resource going into the system, what does that mean, in terms of what the actual infrastructure looks like? The degree offerings, the supply and demand. So I think that is a relevant comment because one of the lingering questions behind all of this, especially for those very, very young kids is, what will this model look like in 15 to 20 years? What will the cost be? And that we need to know, or at least project out to some level to be able to do some assumptions? 

Tim Baker  13:20

And sometimes with uncertainty, Tim, like, we can do one of two things, you know, it’s like, Well, I haven’t seen people do this with retirement, it’s like, I don’t really even know. So they maybe they over save? Or perhaps they just kind of throw their hands up there. And like, okay, whatever I have, I have. So, you know, it is a little bit you know, the further we go in the future, the more uncertainty we have, again, we can make, make some educated guesses and, and conjecture, but again, it goes back to the whole idea of, you know, you want to be you want to, it’s more about planning than the plan, because life happens, things change. And the reason I’m kind of, you know, distracted, like, I’m looking at my numbers, Tim, and we’ll go through this later, but like the numbers for like, Olivia is four year like, they went up from the last time I talked to talked about it. So I’m like, Oh, I gotta update these numbers, because they’re a little bit out of date. And what that means is, like, when I looked at these last month, the inflation numbers associated with education were higher than what they were a month ago. So the tool that I’m using was updated. So I’ve kind of updated my calculator to kind of back into that. So like, it’s planning now again, like for Olivia, who’s going to turn 10 This year, I still have eight years to kind of, you know, plan and figure this out, which makes it easier. The closer we get, obviously, you know, when she’s 16 We’ll have a little bit more of a picture of what education looks like but a whole lot less time to kind of change and plan you know, plan for that. So yeah.

Tim Ulbrich  14:48

So let’s shift gears and talk about the common vehicles. Again, we’ve covered this a little bit on previous episodes that will link to in the show notes, but there are various options out there right when it comes for saving for kids college everything from 529 plans which we’ll spend the majority of our time on, to the Coverdell Education savings accounts, UTMAs, Roth IRAs, heck, you could just open a brokerage account and save that way if people wanted to do that, but there’s clearly some pros and cons to these accounts and perhaps why the 529 has risen to the top for many, as you know, I guess if we get picked the most popular among this group, so tell us at a high level about those common vehicles that are out there and then we get into the 529s more specifically. Yeah,

Tim Baker  15:30

So the Coverdales, and the like the UTMAs and UGMAS are very similar. These are just custodial accounts that are like brokerage brokerage accounts, but they have the minor’s name on there. So the reason the Coverdale is aren’t as popular anymore, it’s because the amount of money that you could put in per year was like two or $3,000. I’ve actually I’ve never I might have seen one Coverdale account in my career in financial planning, so I don’t see them very, very often, the UGMAS and UTMAS, I see more often and actually have one for all three of my kids. And then all of my nieces and nephews is kind of my, like my nephew, Timmy just turned 10 yesterday. So I put money into as you know, he’s, he’s he lives out in Oregon, so I don’t see him as much I don’t really know what he’s into from a from a gift perspective. So I just put some cash into that. And the big thing for that, it’s like, I’m managing the account. I’m the, I’m the guardian on the account, once they age, once they reach the age of majority. So in certain states, that might be 18, other states that might be 19, or 21, that money is theirs, right? So so that for me is going to be a gift when all of my nieces and nephews and my kids like turn that they can use now they could use that for school. But they could also use that for something else, right? There’s not the strings attached like a 529 has where you have to use it for qualified education expenses. So with my daughter I’ve talked about it could be for school, it could be she’s talking about a gap year, I’m like, How do you even know what a gap year is you’re nine. It could be it could be to start a business, whatever that is so and that, and that, for me is a little bit more of a in your face vehicle for me to talk more about money on a long term basis, like right now we talk we have allowance and we have a save, spend and gift, this is kind of in the next thing. So that is a powerful tool, but not necessarily not necessarily just you know, for the purpose of education. Now, the big thing with that is like when they go to spend that money, capital gains tax is going to be a big part of that. So you have to you know, and that’s the same thing with, you know, like a brokerage account, if you’re just managing that for your kids, but their kid’s name isn’t on there. The other one that a lot of people will use is the Roth IRA, because you can take out the basis, you know, tax free penalty free. So you could use a Roth IRA, again, you could use your own Roth IRA, if your kid has like income, you could set up their own Roth IRA. So there’s a little bit of nuance there in terms of how you how you use that. I know a lot of people will use a Roth IRA, just because they don’t like the restrictions of the 529 just being used for qualified education expenses. So that’s something that people could use, I don’t personally use that, like I feel very comfortable with a 529, I feel very comfortable that the it’ll continue to continue to expand in terms of what you can use it for. So that really leaves a 529 in terms of vehicle. So the 529, Tim, is it’s a think of it as like a retirement account, except for education. So you can put after tax dollars in there, it grows tax free, you might get a state income tax deduction, like I mentioned, you can get $4,000 per beneficiary per year per person per beneficiary, in the state of Ohio. Every state’s going to be different, some states don’t have anything, some states have very generous, all all 529s are not created equal. So like you’re just some of them are gonna be really great. We were actually looking at the expenses the other day, and we were surprised that Ohio is a little bit higher than we thought. So you have to be cognizant of that. So you put the money in there, it grows tax free. And then if it’s used for qualified education expenses, which is typically tuition, fees, books, supplies, equipment, room and board, computer or like peripheral equipment or software, internet, that can all be you know, kind of, you know, part of that distribution. So, just like in a in a retirement account, you are kind of saving for, you know, 18 years or 10 years depending when you start so you have that accumulation period, and then that the accumulation period typically in retirement might be 10, 20, 30 years as you know until you until you die if you’re it’s typically four six, maybe eight years depending on what your goal is, you know from from an undergrad to, you know, masters, etc. So, that’s the big thing you put the money in, you invest it, a lot of them have target date funds, a lot of them you can you know you can pay the S&P 500. They grow the that tax free. And again, just to kind of reiterate that is, you know, when you buy when I buy XYZ ETF for my daughter in her in her UTMA account, we buy it at 100 shares, or $100 per share when she goes, You know, when she’s 18. And she’s now cashing that out, maybe that portion of her investment is $400 per share, which is great. But we have to pay the $300 per share capital gains and is going to be long term capital gains on that gain that we have. In the education account that you don’t have that. So that’s one of the benefits along with the state. So the UTMA, and the Coverdale gives you in the brokerage account gives you more flexibility in terms of what you can use it on. But there’s tax consequences, that’s the string. And I feel comfortable Tim, and we can talk about that a little bit more that there are enough outs for me from a 529, you’ll feel comfortable, you know, put in a good amount of money and into that to you know, to have for education, expenses. And if Olivia doesn’t need it, maybe my next kid or even grandkids.

Tim Ulbrich  21:10

Let’s talk about that flexibility for a moment. Because I do think that that is the probably the number one objection. Right. And and, you know, you mentioned the tax differences for those who choose to stay in a savings, you know, UGMA, UTMA or another type of custodian brokerage account. So the way I think about the 529 is this is like a Roth for college, right? It’s after tax dollars going in, it has the potential to grow or lose, right? Anytime we talk about investments and we can lose, but growth, hopefully long term tax free, then we could pull it out use it for qualified educational expenses, which there’s been an expansion of over the last decade or so. And that’s what I want to talk about flexibility because I agree with you. I think there are several things that maybe in the sense of of 529s were more restrictive that they’ve expanded upon. So right you think about what is considered to be a qualified educational expense, that would be one area that comes to mind. The expansion several years ago to allow these to be used for K through 12 private education, that’s a second one I think about. And then more recently, would be the Roth conversion opportunities, which is the third one. So it feels like all signs are pointing in the direction of more flexibility, not less when it comes to the 529s. 

Tim Baker  22:22

I think I think eventually, one of the things that got kicked out, was at the very at the very last minute with the Secure Act 2.0 was like homeschooling like that’s not that’s not you can’t use funds for homeschooling. I do think that, you know, again, like when I started advising people on 529s is back in the day, like you couldn’t use a 529 dollars to buy like a laptop for college. Like that was a restrictive thing. And they’ve they’ve improved upon that. Right now, like before, you couldn’t pay if you had, if you had money in your 529, you couldn’t take that money out and pay off a student loan without a penalty. Yeah, they they changed that now, it’s still restrictive. Like, it’s, I think it’s a $10,000 maximum limit, which is silly, in my opinion, just just use that that’s what it’s for, is that kind of, you know, minimize education expenses, like pay off the loan. Yeah, to your point, the Roth was a big thing that they put in and, and there’s, there’s a lot of, there’s a lot of hoops you got to jump through it has to it has to be open for at least 15 years or longer before you can move those dollars from a 529 into a Roth, right? The last five years worth of contributions are ineligible, right. So like, if you’re, if you put that if you put dollars in at 18, you have to wait until you know they’re past 23 to move those dollars over and the maximum lifetime transfer to a beneficiary is capped at 35,000. Which again, I also think is silly. 

Tim Ulbrich  23:49

Might change. We’ll see. 

Tim Baker  23:50

Yeah. And I think they will, I think I think there’ll be again as as I think it’ll adapt it more as like, if higher education looks a lot different. I think they’ll adapt that. They’ve shown that they will be able to and again at the end at the end of the day for me, Tim, and again, not everyone’s going to think this. But like if my kids don’t need it. Like I’m going to cascade that down to Liam to Zoey and if Zoey doesn’t need it. I’ll probably just let it ride for a grandkid. Or, or grandkids. So to me like I don’t, I’m okay I’m okay with that. Like I don’t need I don’t need to go to like, you know, every kid equally or or even my kids can kind of go down a generation. Not everyone’s okay with that. I had a I had a couple last week, Tim, that we talked about education hadn’t started anything and right off the rip they’re like I don’t want to do a 529 and I said like keep your keep your mind open. And part of it is like the tax, part of it is like are you okay with you know, everyone’s everyone’s like, I don’t know if you know, my kids are going to college, you might be different. We’re just all that’s all like fair, right? So it’s yes, we’re you know, a lot of us are open needs, when they’re one they’re toddler, who knows what they’re gonna grow up to be? But for me, you know, I think and again, I’m not looking at 100% solution. So I don’t necessarily need hundreds of 1000s of dollars, like, you know, if I was doing 100% solution. So this is kind of I look at this as kind of a coupon, you know, for future spending from the from the aspect of college tuition.

Tim Ulbrich  25:23

Yeah, and I think too, the other scenario to consider is, you know, when you talk about keeping options open, it’s like, what is the worst case scenario? It’s a 10% penalty, right, when we look at non qualified withdrawals. And the other thing I would add to the discussion, which by the way, nobody wants to pay a 10% penalty. So let’s be clear. But I would add to the discussion that there has also been an expansion beyond the what we think of the traditional four year degree, right. Trade school, certificate programs, apprenticeships like so I think we’re, that’s another example, we talked about flexibility. And I think, you know, for a lot of people, it feels like in the circles of discussions we have with other families of age around our boys about higher education, it seems like the trades is coming up more and more, as there’s some clear demand and in certain areas. So again, keep the options open. And as you begin to think about what what this looks like for you and your family, certainly there are options out there. And if you do look at the five to nine, we’ve got a great resource on our on our blog, seven things to consider before starting a 529 plan. Or if you already have one open, it’s a good refresher. We’ll link to that blog on the show notes as well. Tim, let’s shift to part three, as I mentioned in the beginning of the show, I’m excited about this. We haven’t really talked about this at length beyond the educational part of where does kids college savings fit and the priority of investing? What are the options available? And part three here is all about how much is enough? Now, just like we talked about when it comes to saving for retirement, same question we got to answer here and shout out to you in the planning team, you’ve built a really cool resource and calculator that we use with our clients that we’ll talk through at a high level here to really answer this question of as I’m saving for my four boys. I’m not flying in the dark, hopefully, because we can put some assumptions in place and determine how much is enough based on those goals? And ultimately, am I on track? Am I not on track? And what should we be doing each and every month to get on track? If that’s the case of where we’re heading? So it feels like Tim, the first step in being able to answer this question of how much enough is to figure out what the goal is? What the goal is back back to the poll question. Right, we started the episode with is, what’s the plan? Is it cover all expenses? Is it a partial fund? Is it a no fund, which I guess we could end the episode right there if that’s the case. But if it’s a partial or full fund, at what level? And we’ll talk about the third, a third, a third rule here in a moment at what level the funding is to be desired, is an important assumption we have to make in these calculations, correct? 

Tim Baker  27:52

I mean, and again, I think a lot of people, it probably is, I’m trying to think, you know, of all the hundreds, if not 1000s, of meetings I’ve had with with clients and prospective clients over a lot of people are like, I don’t know, I want to save something. What is that? And there’s, there’s, there’s a little bit lack of like structure there. It’s rare, where people are, again, it’s going to be on the tails there where it’s like, I’m not worried about at all or like I want to do 100%. So I think in the absence of that structure, it’s just a conversation of like, okay, like, like, here’s a framework. And that’s what we talked about the 1/3 rule, here’s a framework does that sound like? Because the beauty of the 1/3 rule, or at least the way you think about it, is you’re talking about what can I do today, but then you’re also pushing it off to tomorrow, because part of like, your funding is going to come in like future earnings. But then also there is that skin in the game, which I love. I think having skin in the game with this decision to go to college is huge, or even like, you know, giving money to your kids for college is huge, because we’ve seen how wasteful is probably not the correct term, but like how wasteful it can be. When you’re looking at schools out of state, private, when you’re, you know, maybe jumping around in majors, I think having some type of you know, some type of realization that like, Hey, you’re going to be on the hook for some of this. And obviously, pharmacists know this very well, is needed. At least that’s the way that I look at it. So I think in the absence of any type of structure, I think introducing that 1/3 rule is important. 

Tim Ulbrich  29:32

Let’s talk about that rule because I think that if we use that as the baseline, you can adjust whatever you want, right? We’ll talk about the three buckets and we’re gonna assume a third, a third a third, but you know, it could be 40% 20% 40% Right. So once you understand the concept, I think from there you could determine Hey, do I like that? Do I not like that and what adjustments you want to make. So walk us through what that third rule is. 

Tim Baker  29:55

So off the rip, a lot of clients we like they look at the look like what their education costs. And they’re like, no, like, like, this is impossible. If I have a couple dollars, you know, that can, you know, rub together, that would be great. But when you kind of break it down, it’s, it’s not as bad as it as it looks. So like the 1/3 rule basically looks at, okay, when your child goes off to college, the sources of that a paying for college is going to really come from three places. A third of that a third of the of that is going to be come from, like, we say, past income or past savings. So today, in 2024, I’m saving out of my paycheck into my kids 529, and it’s going to grow. So that’s the 529. It could be a Coverdale it could be a Roth, you know, whatever it looks like but it’s, it’s you’re doing something today to spend in the future, just like we talked about with retirement savings. The other bucket the another third comes from what I would say current income. And again, this is this would actually be future income, but like when Olivia is 18, and she’s looking at colleges in, you know, eight years, I’m hopefully still working that YFP, I’m making money, and I’m part of the part of that tuition bill is going to come from the cheque that I’m receiving in eight years. And then the last bucket. And the last third would would be that skin in the game, it would be that outside outside funding, where this is going to be grants, scholarships. And last but not least, loans. So this is where you know, and again, we we talked about it with our kids that they’re going to have some money, but we don’t let them know what that is. My parents were like, you’re on your own. And then they helped us like later it was kind of like a surprise. So we kind of talked about it, but they don’t necessarily know what they’re getting. But that’s those are the three buckets. It’s what you’re you’re saving and investing for future college expenses. And then when your kid is in college, using your your part of your paycheck to pay for tuition. And then the last third coming from grants, scholarships, and student loans.

Tim Ulbrich  31:57

Tim, we’ve had several, I think, at least a couple I can think of episodes we featured where pharmacists have really worked, you know, throughout school, sometimes really aggressively to help pay down. Now, you know, if you’re working at $15-$20 bucks an hour, you can only make such a dent and a couple $100,000 of debt. But that has been a significant contributor to minimizing the debt that they’re having to borrow in any given semester. So in that case, when you think about a child working, would you put that in the final bucket? Or where how do you how do you think of that portion?

Tim Baker  32:33

I would put it in the in the final bucket. Again, I think it’s kind of like their skin in the game. It’s like, Hey, you could you could not be a great student and not get anything or you know, I know a lot of people, there’s money to be out there for you know, we just gave out our first scholarship, you know, obviously on the back end for YFP Gives. But there’s a lot of people that don’t take that, you know, go through that legwork. You know, Olivia’s goal, she wants to swim collegiately that’s her big thing right now. And she just missed her JO time yesterday by a couple of seconds. So she’s, she’s, she’s doing well. And again, I think for her, I think my wife would love it if she got a scholarship for that. But I’m like, you know, if happens, great. If it doesn’t, but to me, it’s a little bit of their, their participation in this whole process, because it is a lot of money. You know, when we look at the numbers we’ve go through, if we kind of go through this calculator, the numbers are staggering, right. And like I just said, like, when I was looking at it, you know, as we were jumping on here, the the four year instate for Olivia went up, you know, when I looked at it last month, and I guess they’re just refreshing their their numbers and then in the tool that I’m using, but you know it, these things go up. So I think having a plan in place is is is the way.

Tim Ulbrich  33:44

So with the third plan of the third rules, a framework of where we get started, obviously everyone can adjust that accordingly. Talk us through then the calculation and how we ultimately get to this point of Hey, are we on track? Are we not on track? Or what do we need to be doing each month to get on track? 

Tim Baker  34:04

So I’m using a combination of our financial planning tool called Right Capital and kind of a calculator I built. And part of it was because I wanted to kind of adapt it to the 1/3 role. So I rely on the calculator really for or the financial plans will really for the likely in the inputs I just, I just looked at so in the tool, you can say hey, I want to send my kid to a two year commuter, a four year in state, a four year out of state, four yearr private school, you can actually put in the school that you want or you can I think it’s hard unless you’re right right up against it. So we we put in a four year in state so like, hey, Ohio State’s right down the street, that would be great. So essentially like when I’m looking at Olivia so Olivia was born on Halloween of 2014. Today’s the 15th of July 2024. So her current age is 9.7 so she’s almost a 10 year old, I think she would say she’s, she is a 10 year old. So we’re saying that at 18, she’s gonna go to college. So what that leaves is essentially 8.3 years before she’s got to move out and get out, and I can turn her bedroom into a man cave. Which she doesn’t like that joke.

Tim Ulbrich  35:18

Second whiskey storage unit.

Tim Baker  35:20

Exactly, exactly. So 8.3 years is our accumulation. That’s what’s left of our accumulation. So we make some assumptions about asset allocation. So in my calculator, I put in like an 80%, equities, 20% in bonds right now, she’s all equities, we have a lot of time. But as we get closer, we’re going to be, you know, to avoid sequence risk we’re going to be more conservative when we get to that five ish years. So maybe when she’s 13, 14 15, that’s when we’ll start to really kind of get more conservative until we until we have to spend it. So I’m using kind of a blended, you know, she’s not, she’s not 100% equities the entire time. So I put 80/20, you know, we use, so that real rate of return is about 4.6%. So that’s kind of some of the, you know, if I change that to 90/10, or 70/30, it would change the calculus. So the input that I was changing, you know, that I was mentioning, when I looked at this last month, a four year in-state for her would be $183,653. 

Tim Ulbrich  36:26

With room and board?

Tim Baker  36:27

Yes. So that’s the need. So in what that means is in, I think right to the end, like today, it’s something like $28,000. But when they extrapolate that out 8.3 years in the future, that’s what’s going to cost that $28,000 With the inflation times four years. So that’s where we get the $183,000. So just as an example, my son, who is five years younger than Olivia, so Liam is five will be five next month already. His four year instate will be $234,393. So it goes from $183,600, to $234,400. Four, and then I don’t have Zoe’s calculated, but her four year end state is $284,900. So $100,000 difference between my oldest and my youngest, there’s essentially a 10 year gap for that between them. But that’s, that’s significant. And that’s why like, we’re hoping some of this changes. But that’s the number that I’m using, you know, to kind of say, Okay, this is what I this is what we need. So, if I were to fully fund it, if I needed to fully fund it, I would essentially need $183,000 in eight, eight years. Or you could say 12, and I’m still, you know, saving during that, but typically, that’s not how it works. So currently, currently, today, Olivia has, I guess it’s called a share. That’s right. So currently, Olivia has $28,629. So and we’re we we put in not quite the $4000, we put in $300 a month or $3,600 per year. So we’re on pace to save $103,000. So if you look at that, I need 183 we’re on pace to save $103k. So that our our percentage now was we’re on track to say 56% of her college. Now, that’s not 100%, which is not our goal, but it’s also a lot higher than the 33%. So like we there’s some delta there. So you know, so I kind of break down if we did want to pay 100% percent, you know, what we would need if we, for us to be on pace to save for 100%. To get to that $183k, I would need $67,634 today. I don’t have that I have $28,000. If I if I lost all the monies in her 529 today, I would essentially need to be saving or investing $1,260 for the next 8.3 years to get to that to get to that 183,000. So because I have that, it’s actually I need to increase my essentially increase my savings from $300 a month to $854 per month to get to that. Now obviously, that’s not something that we want to do. So and then I had the same thing broken down for the 1/3 rule. So 33% of 183,000 is $61,212. So again, when you break it down like that, I’m like that’s actually not that bad. $61,000, like that’s doable. Now, the conversation I had just had with Shay when I ran this was she’s like, well, we should should we start saving less and I’m like, essentially, like the argument could be you could save less or we could we could kind of stick to the status quo. My thought is is like that’s one less bill that I have to worry about in 8.3 years like it’s almost. so there’s a tricky one is correct. So like, I part of me is like, do I just get it too, and maybe we’ll talk about this in the next iteration. So like, do I go to 67%, you know, to get to my to like my two thirds of post and present income for that. And then she has a 1/3. So just to break down the math for 33%, I need $61,212. What you currently need today to be on pace would be I would need $8400 and I have $28,000. So we’re beating that. And then if I had $0, like, if I lost all that money, I would essentially need to be saving so $420. So if you have a 10 year old, and you want to send them to a four year in state and you haven’t saved anything, and you want to save at least a third, you would essentially need to be saving $428 per month, between now and when they go.

And then the last column is kind of the choose your own rule. So if I were to if I were to say, hey, Shay, like, let’s, let’s, you know, we have some room in our budget, you know, retirement looks good, etc. If I were to say, hey, let’s let’s go to that 67, that kind of checks off both for us, I would need $123,000.  I would need today $38,000. We don’t have $38,000, we have $28,000. So that lump sum to get us on track would be putting $9700 and I’m on track. And then we would essentially be needing to pay or invest $438 so I’d need to increase my monthly contribution by about $138. And then I go through the same thing with Liam. So Liam, just in broad strokes not to go through every every every calculation. He has, so his, what we need for him and for four year in state 13 years from now, since he’s five is $234,400 essentially. He has currently $13,800. We’re currently putting in $225. So not as per month, so not as much as Olivia. And then we’re on pace to save one, it will we’ll call it $109,000. So we’re 46% of the way there. We’re on track to be at $46, which is still beating our 33% roll. So we’re I look at this and we were in good shape. I think with Zoe, it’s too early to tell she only has a couple 100 bucks in hers. But that’s kind of the calculus that we’re doing from hey, are we on track or not from a from an education perspective. And again, like if the market if the market loses 30% today, Tim like right now it’s been on a bull market. But if loses 30%, and all of a sudden he doesn’t have $13,800, he has $10k, that changes thing. Right now, over the long period of time, we’re still assuming, you know, a nominal rate of return of 8.8%, which is an 80/20 portfolio, and then we adjusted down for inflation. So that’s kind of the math. I know, it’s kind of hard to follow over the podcast. But hopefully that made sense as I was going through the, the numbers line by line.

Tim Ulbrich  42:56

Yeah, what I love about it is it makes kids college savings much more practical. 

Tim Baker  43:01

And patatable, right? Like you hear those headlines. It’s just like your retirement. It’s like, you know, when I say to clients, it’s like, hey, you need $2 million to retire, you are looking at me like I have 2 million heads, but it’s a big number, way in the future. It’s the same thing holds true with education. It’s just, it feels more than what it actually is.

Tim Ulbrich  43:20

Yeah, makes it digestible with a third rule or some variation of that. I mean, it really it’s a compressed nest egg calculation.  And that’s what I love about it is we’re not flying in the dark. What what do we have saved right now? What’s the goal? We’re gonna put some assumptions in place just like we do with retirement planning. And then what do we need per month to achieve that goal. And that last part, is the piece that is so often missing when we talk about long term savings and investing, right? Whether it’s 10 years or 30 years, some of these numbers, as you mentioned, too, feel big, they feel overwhelming, they feel scary. And what we can relate to and put our arms around is what do we need to be doing per month? Or what is the goal? And then we can look at the rest of the plan, the budget all those things and figure out, can we make this happen? Or can we not make it happen? And then what does that mean, in terms of what they have saved? What does that mean for other financial goals? So yeah, I think if we think about it, in that sense, we really can start to implement this and put a game plan in place and make some adjustments if need be. And context matters, right. So I would think, how you think about this for Olivia versus your youngest, Zoe is very different, right? When you get to the potential for over saving with Olivia well, that’s different with your first and your third because option to transfer, so I think a lot of details to be considered as we look at the individual components of how you approach the 529. 

Tim Baker  44:39

I’ve really enjoyed you know, I’ve been trying to get Olivia kind of more interested in like money and the value of money and, you know, she told me the other day she’s like, you know, when I go back to school, can I buy these like $100 like Nike shoes and I’m like, No, you can’t like it’s like, we’ll spend some money and then you can save some with your money, and there’ll be a cap on what you can do. And even my wife said, like, oh, like she gets money, you know, should we put that in a 529? I’m like, I actually, like when we, when she does her allowance, I say like, Hey, any money that you want to put into your UTMA account, like, I’ll match it. So, and I did the same thing like she, she’s going to, she’s going to donate to YFP Gives. And I’ll match that, right? So I want to I want to incentivize that behavior. But I kind of want the 529 to be like, funded by me and mom, right. So like, I don’t want her spend money to go to the 529. So I’d rather have that money go into an UTMA that she can use it, she could use it for school, which she could use it for a car, a business, a gap year or whatever. But I’ve enjoyed kind of like having some of those conversations with her and kind of seeing some of the lights go on. In terms of like, investments and that’s the thing, like I’ve always struggled with like, should I kind of key them into like what we’re doing on the 529 or should be more of like, a mystery because I really don’t want her to like say like, oh, like mom and dad have it paid for like I don’t, you know, I don’t need to work. My mom took the opposite route. She’s like you have to work because we’re not going to help you at all. But I think I think these types of discussions with your kid, even when they’re young, like mine are is, is positive. And again, like, I grew up, we didn’t really talk about too much about money, like outside of like you’re on your own. But I think building some of those behaviors and kind of mindset around money is important because a lot of people that come through the door to work with us. They’re kind of an image of their parents, right. A lot of them is like, you know, if they had consumer debt issues, it’s probably because their parents did. If they were oversavers, its probably because their parents were. You know, some people look at the parents and say, I don’t want to be like that. And they’re trying to fix it, but like the natural inclination is to spend or save. So I think it’s a good opportunity to at least start the conversation around money with kids. 

Tim Ulbrich  46:58

Great stuff, Tim. And that’s a topic we’re gonna talk more about on the show. One because we haven’t talked about it enough. And two, we’re living it firsthand with our own kids. We’re excited to share that journey as well. Let me wrap up by saying for those that are listening, yes, talking about kids college, but also other parts of the financial plan, saving investing for the future, retirement planning, tax planning, debt pay down and so forth. We’ve got a team of certified financial planners, and Sean Richards, our CPA and tax professional that can help you in working one on one as it relates to your own financial plan. If you’re interested in learning more about the services, you can visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com. From there, you can book a discovery call with Tim to learn more about the services and determine whether or not they’re the right fit. Thanks so much for listening. If you’d like what you’ve heard on this episode, other episodes of the podcast please do us a favor and leave us a rating and review on Apple Podcasts or wherever you listen to the show. Have a great rest of your week. 

Tim Ulbrich  47:51

Before we wrap up today’s show, I want to again thank this week’s sponsor of the Your Finanicial Pharmacsit Podcast, First Horizon. We’re glad to have found a solution for pharmacists that are unable to save 20% for a down payment on a home. A lot of pharmacists in the YFP community have taken advantage of First Horizon’s pharmacist home loan, which requires a 3% downpayment for a single family home or townhome for first time homebuyers and has no PMI on a 30 year fixed rate mortgage. To learn more about the requirements for First Horizon’s pharmacist home loan and to get started with the pre approval process, you can visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. 

Tim Ulbrich  48:37

[DISCLAIMER] As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcasts. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist unless otherwise noted and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward looking statements, which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialservices.com/disclaimer. Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacists Podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 367: Healing Together: Transforming Your Trauma to Triumph with Dr. Helen Sairany


Dr. Helen Sairany discusses the prevalence of burnout and trauma among pharmacists and the importance of addressing the root cause of trauma to lead to a path of healing.

Episode Summary

Discussing the intersections of trauma, resilience, and identity, Helen Sairany, a pharmacist and author, explores the impact of childhood trauma on workplace functioning. Dr. Sairany discusses the prevalence of burnout and trauma among pharmacists and the need to address the root causes to ensure the well-being of the profession. 

In this beautiful and powerful conversation, Dr. Sairany emphasizes the importance of recognizing the depth of human experience beyond labels and embracing coexistence, tracing back beliefs to their origins to overcome financial conflicts, and addressing the root causes of trauma to build healthier relationships.

About Today’s Guest

As a 7-year-old Kurdish child in Iraq, a country torn by war and conflict, Helen was spotted by a U.S. Marine deployed to her country with a grenade in her hand, who saved her life by exchanging the grenade for a bag of candy. He later escorted her family and her out of war to seek refuge in the U.S.

Because of her turbulent childhood, she was diagnosed with complex PTSD in 2013. Thus, she aspire to live in a world where the vast majority are trauma-informed, feel psychologically safe and valued for the work they put out, and return home fulfilled.

Since the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic began, Helen have been open about her dormant childhood trauma. She have been traveling worldwide to give talks on topics such as trauma-informed care, leadership, and the workforce. 

After having traveled to more than 100 countries worldwide, she developed an appreciation for the diverse mix of cultures, people, and traditions. 

Her interest in trauma stems from personal experiences of living through wars, navigating complex relationships, and continually learning what it means to be human.

Key Points from the Episode

  • Healing trauma and its intersection with finances with pharmacist and author Dr. Helen Sairany. [0:00]
  • Trauma, immigration, and healing with a focus on personal experiences and emotional reactions. [2:38]
  • Pharmacist burnout and trauma due to workplace stress and lack of fulfillment. [8:21]
  • Pharmacist burnout, trauma, and advocacy for trauma-informed care. [14:18]
  • Trauma, inner child, and resilience with personal experiences and examples. [17:35]
  • Identity, belonging, and career development for a pharmacist. [21:17]
  • Labels, identity, and human experience. [26:03]
  • Pharmacist boundaries, reimbursement, and provider status, with mentions of trauma and psychology of money. [30:38]
  • Healing from childhood trauma and its impact on financial decisions. [34:33]
  • Inner work, meditation, and trauma healing in the workplace. [40:57]

Episode Highlights

“I like to define trauma as an event that is too much, that is too fast, and that is too soon for your brain to comprehend. It gets stored in the body. And that’s why when you come across a trigger that is reminiscent of your past, it’s usually the gut that tells you something is not okay, because the gut is connected to the brainstem” – Dr. Helen Sairany [6:38]

“I’ve just been giving the same talk about what pharmacists in institutions are going through is equivalent to combat trauma. So if that is the case, if we are coming out of our workplace with combat-like trauma, does that mean our workplace is a combat zone?” – Dr. Helen Sairany [11:43]

“Every seven years, it’s a new you. Every seven years, every cell of your body goes through a complete rebirth.” – Dr. Helen Sairany [25:17]

“Labels separate us. And labels confuse us. And labels get us in trouble. Because the second you mess up and label, what do people do? They associate it with XYZ and they cancel you. So it is a concerning era in this country because of this whole concept of labels. And that’s probably why I have issues with labels. Because after all, why do I travel all around the world? Because I feel like we all have so much in common, and labels just never help with coexistence.” – Dr. Helen Sairany [30:09]

“The biggest boundary is that [pharmacist’s] have allowed our service to go by unrecognized. And this is not about provider status. You know, you ask a nurse, you ask a physician, they will tell you pharmacists are a provider. This is about a change in the regulatory language. This is about payment parity.” – Dr. Helen Sairany [31:57]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich  00:00

Hey everybody, Tim Ulbrich here and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast where each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. This week I welcome pharmacist and two-time author Dr. Helen Sairany, to talk about how we can all heal together by transforming our trauma to triumph. During the interview we discussed how her personal experience with complex PTSD and trauma has influenced her advocacy work and trauma informed care how her travels to over 100 countries is influenced her understanding of human resilience. Her career transitions from working in Iraq as a new grad to association management to leading two state pharmacy associations and now running her own business, as well as the intersection of psychology and money and how our past traumas and belief systems play out in our spending behaviors. 

Tim Ulbrich  00:47

Before we jump into today’s episode, I invite you to learn more and register for our next YFP webinar, Retirement Income Planning: How Much is Enough and How to Pay Yourself in Retirement. Saving for retirement and ensuring there’s enough to retire comfortably is a good starting point. But it’s important to then consider how a monthly paycheck will be generated during retirement to replace your pharmacist income. During this free YFP webinar, co-founder and Director of Financial Planning, Tim Baker will walk through strategies to build a retirement paycheck, including doing a live nest egg calculation, discussing savings vehicle strategies for withdrawal tax integrations, and how to consider and evaluate Social Security benefits. Make sure to attend live for a chance to win an amazon gift card. If you can’t make it live. No problem, make sure to register and we’ll send you a copy of the replay afterwards. You can learn more and register at yourfinancia pharmacist.com/retirement. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/retirement. Alright, let’s jump into my interview with Dr. Helen Sairany. 

Tim Ulbrich  01:48

Hello, and welcome to the show.

Dr. Helen Sairany  01:50

Thank you so much for having me, Tim. I’m looking forward to having a discussion with you today. 

Tim Ulbrich  01:54

Me too. This has been awhile in the making. You and I have known each other for a while now at least a decade, I think. We crossed paths when you at the time you were working with American Pharmacists Association, we’ll talk more about your career journey as we get into the recording. And more recently, I feel like we’ve connected on our own healing journeys and some of the work that we’ve been doing individually. I have a ton of respect for the work that you have done, we’ll talk about the books that you’ve written on this important topic of trauma. And I think for our listeners, there’ll be a real treat and perhaps a different angle and topic than there used to as we dig into the finances normally, so thank you so much for taking time to join.

Dr. Helen Sairany  02:36

Thank you for having me.

Tim Ulbrich  02:37

I want to start with your first book, Trading Grenades for Candy, one that I enjoyed. I remember reading it on vacation, I was at the Fingerlakes with my family, I couldn’t put it down. True story. I already told Helen that; I’m not making it up for the show. And in that book, you share how as a seven year old Kurdish child in Iraq, you responded by a US Marine with a grenade in your hand who saved your life by exchanging the grenade for a bag of candy. And I want to start there if you could tell us more about this early experience and how growing up in a violent background, in a war torn country led to your own trauma, which would eventually become the basis for helping others along in their own journey. 

Dr. Helen Sairany  03:17

Yeah, so. And truth to be told, I don’t have a recollection of that story. Because my trauma was so big, and that I don’t remember. So my parents actually when I wrote my memoir, my parents told me how excited I was to rush home with that bag of candy. And I narrated the story to them then when I was seven, but I just don’t remember that it happened. But the book, it’s the title is Trading Grenades for Candy, but it’s more of a metaphor, how I gave up my life in an austere environment for the American dream and I and I’m sure you’ve kind of picked on this as I was narrating my story, how I was trying as a you know, younger woman, single, you know, professional with all these degrees trying to go back to the Middle East after all these years of living in the States and how I was resented because I was one of the very few lucky ones who had the opportunity to leave the Middle East while everybody else was stuck in the war zone. So Trading Grenades for candy is trading my life for the American dream more. But it did start with that exchange between me and the marine. And yes, it did lead to my service and helping frontline heroes. Is it the Marines? Is it the pharmacists? Is it doctors? I feel like we all have a bit of trauma of some sort. But the book if you look at the acknowledgement the book is dedicated to the unknown marine that saved my life. And I’m hoping that through this book, I’ll be able to find him one of these days. But it is it is a true story. It revolves around my life around immigration settlement, displacement discrimination and how I was resented at the end after returning to my roots.

Tim Ulbrich  05:03

Since we’re going to talk a lot about trauma, if you could define that for us, you know, I recently read per your recommendation, Dr. Gabor Mate’s book The Myth of Normal, fantastic read, we’ll link to that in the show notes. I think half my reading list by the way, right now I have a stack of books in my office, I think those are recommendations from from you. So that one, he talks in that book about little T trauma, big T trauma. And just the way he taught that, and really, I think helped me normalize in my own healing journey, what that word even means, and perhaps the misconceptions I had around trauma is important. But since we’re gonna talk so much about that, let’s define that for a moment. How do you define trauma?

Dr. Helen Sairany  05:43

So I don’t like to, I don’t like the whole concept of big T, little t, because, and because the human, the depth of human experience cannot be limited to a letter, okay? Your little T might be a big T, for me, my big T might be a little T, while the society try to impose this whole concept of we’re all created equal. But let’s face it, some of us are more equal than others. And by that, I mean some of us are more resilient than others. And if you look at the study that was done by JAMA, looking at the veterans who get deployed to combat, those 20% of veterans who come back to get clinically diagnosed with PTSD are the ones with pre existing traumatic childhood experiences. So that is probably why I have a little bit of a concern with the big T and the little T category for trauma. So what I like to define trauma as as it’s an event that is too much, that is too fast, and that is too soon for your brain to comprehend. And that’s why trauma is never about the brain challenges, while the mental health community likes to focus on mental health being as a separate brain being a separate compartment than the body. Trauma, because it’s too much too fast, too soon, it gets stored in the body, it gets stored in the body. And that’s why when when you come across a trigger that is reminiscent of your past, it’s usually the gut, that tells you something is not okay, because the gut is connected to the brainstem. And brainstem, or the reptilian brain is responsible for your survival. So again, traumas it’s about something that happened inside of you because of what happened to you. But it’s also about a disease that being stored in your body as a response to an event that was too much, too fast, too soon. 

Tim Ulbrich  07:31

One of the indicators I have found in my own journey is when I find myself having a disproportionate, not sure if this is a technical term, but a disproportionate emotional reaction to a situation where I can step back and look at it and say, Oh, wow, that was interesting. Like, this happened and I got really angry, right, or I became really sad, or I was really fearful or feelings of shame, or guilt, or whatever is the emotion. And when I see that, wow, that event doesn’t really correspond to the level of feeling that I was having. Just being aware of that I start to get curious about like, Oh, that’s interesting. What’s what’s going on there? Like, what is the trigger? You know, what’s the event? And I think for me, and I’d love for you to speak about this in your own journey with others. Just that openness to curiosity, without judgment feels to be a really important first step. 

Dr. Helen Sairany  08:21

I wished him and I’m so glad you brought this up. I wish as a profession, as in the whole healthcare healthcare field as a whole would take that curiousity approach, because it is no coincidence that one out of every two American is reporting either anxiety or depression. It is no coincidence that 60% of Americans are reporting at least one chronic disease. So now you can you can blame genetics all you want. But that is a hard case for me to roll with because genetics cannot alter at such a fast pace. So the typical North American provider reaction is well, what are we going to do? Well as a health care provider if the same patient and that’s what led to the whole famous Adverse Childhood Experiences Study by Drs. Anda and Felitti. They kept seeing patient with morbid obesity, one patient after the other and the same different patient would report the same exact adversity from childhood and that is what led to the birth of adverse childhood experiences study that perhaps obesity is not about the food, but it’s more a reaction and reaction to early adversity from childhood. So that’s the curiousity that I you and I are talking about. Let’s take a step back and figure out the how did we get here? Because the profession is not okay. Healthcare is not okay. I mean, I don’t like to focus just on pharmacists. I was recently on a sabbatical and I ran across a half a dozen nurses from the US and some of them were saying that they wake up to the beats of the sound of the IV unit from the ICU, and that is an iconic symptom of PTSD. So that curiosity, I think it’s overdue. And I think because of the scary statistics, I don’t think we are in a situation where we can have a reactionary response anymore. I think we have no choice but to take a step back and figure out how did we get here? What is an issue in the system that is causing so much disease and so much dysfunction among all of us?

Tim Ulbrich  10:21

And I’m curious as you speak to groups all across the country groups of pharmacists, groups of other other health care professionals, but for our audience, as we think of pharmacists that are listening, I’m not sure they would associate, you know, the word trauma with their experience in the healthcare system or their role. What ype of responses are you getting from pharmacists, what types of thoughts or feelings or reactions are coming up? And where’s that stemming from?

Dr. Helen Sairany  10:48

So I wrote an article for Pharmacy Times 2021, three years ago and I talked about we were still like in Omicron era. And I talked about how, what what pharmacists are going through is equivalent to what a combat veteran would go through. Okay, so pharmacists are experienced combat like trauma, excuse me, and the article just went viral. I wasn’t expecting for anybody to kind of associate combat trauma to burnout. I just randomly wrote the articles, you know, me, I’m passionate about trauma. And the article went viral. And so many pharmacists wrote me and they said, This is what I was feeling this whole time. But I just didn’t know how to categorize it. Do you know what I mean? And they thanked me for it. And as you’re aware, I’ve gone to 26, 27 states and I gave one keynote, and my keynote went viral. And I just been giving the same talk about how what institutions, or what pharmacists in institutions are going through is equivalent to combat trauma. So if that is the case, if that is the case, if we are coming out of our workplace with combat-like trauma, does that mean our workplace is a combat zone? And that is a question that I addressed the audience because individuals who go to combat veterans who go to combat they come back with PTSD. But if we are ending up with combat like trauma from our workplace, that means our workplace is not healthy, if that makes sense.

Tim Ulbrich  12:19

Yeah. And when you talked about the example of nurses you interacted with when you were on sabbatical and that one example of, you know, hearing the the beat of the IV, like what are their similar examples and trends or similarities you’re hearing among pharmacists? And Is it in community practice? Is it in hospital practice? Is it across the board, but what what are some of those experiences that pharmacists are having as a result of this traumatic workforce is traumatic experience. 

Dr. Helen Sairany  12:49

And I know you and I kind of talked about this, in our earlier conversations, it’s, I like, as much as I hate to, and I’m not trying to belittle workplaces. But I think the number one concern for pharmacists is the lack of fulfillment. The lack of fulfillment, I can only talk on my behalf. I went through pharmacy school, I got a doctoral degree. And for four years I’ve been I was told I’m a provider, I’m a provider. And I was taking all these amazing therapeutic courses, and I was so excited. And then as soon as I was out of pharmacy school, I got hit. And I was not a provider. And now we have a provider status bill, that I cannot get reimbursed for my services. And I cannot use 90% of the clinical therapeutics that I was, you know, I was taught. So now what do I deal with? And I’m not saying that I was misled, and I’m not going to say that I was lied to. But it is it is a shock. Going back to too much, too fast, too soon. Too much you are actually put. And that is what the examples I hear from pharmacists, they feel like after pharmacy school, they’re being put in a heavy traffic during rush hour. And they’re told to guide the traffic with no prior experience. Now, that is not traumatic. I don’t know what it is. It is too much. And they’re trying to kind of figure out and then the clock is ticking with the workload. So I would say this is the example that I’ve been hearing the lack of fulfillment and also the they’re not doing something that they were told they were.

Tim Ulbrich  14:17

I think that lack of fulfillment and the misaligned expectations. You know, I think for those that have been working for a period of time and have experienced any of that, there’s a there’s a mental exhaustion. We talked about burnout, we use different words for this. But over a long enough period of time, I think we can really underestimate the impact that it can have. And certainly, I think the human can be very resilient to short term stress, and that’s to be expected on some level regardless of workplace. But what I hear from pharmacists, is that misaligned expectations, yes, that lack of ability to do the work that they thought they were going to do to have the impact that they thought they were going to have obviously we talked about the financial will impact and, you know, feeling like they’re tied to that setting whether it’s a good fit or not because of their debt, because of other things. But you layer that on in the example, given of the feeling of like, you’re in the middle of rush hour traffic, and you’re expected to guide this traffic over a 12 hour shift, and another 12 hour shift and another 12 hour shift over many, many years. I mean, you can start to appreciate the level of impact that would be there. Helen, you have been open and sharing your own journey with complex PTSD that you were diagnosed with in 2013. And I’m curious to hear how that personal experience with trauma has influenced your advocacy and your work towards trauma informed care. 

Dr. Helen Sairany  15:43

I’ve had PTSD all my life, but I just didn’t know that it was PTSD. Just like how pharmacists were telling me in that article, like they knew was trauma, then it was too much, too fast, too soon, but they didn’t know how to kind of point fingers at it. So it wasn’t until I was back from overseas and the unfortunate encounter, because I was treating little girls with PTSD when I was part of Doctors Without Borders. And that is when my inner child started going out of control. And I would wake up sweating with nightmares. And so that’s when I realized that something was not okay. So I was diagnosed, but unfortunately, the diagnosis and the way it’s been handled, and I’ve been very critical about it. It’s, it’s, it turns into a victim to a label, if that makes sense. And I was I carried a lot of stigma, I carried a lot of shame, a lot of shame back in 2013. And I didn’t go public about my, my symptoms until COVID-19. And COVID-19, as much as I hate what happened, it was more of a like awakening for me that I need to because I wasn’t able to travel, you know, I’m a world traveler. So my travel got canceled, and we were all stuck at home. So that is when I realized that I could do something good about this. So I wrote my first book, Trading Grenades for Candy. Trading Grenades for Candy is what led people to ask for more because I don’t deep dive into the mental health aspect of my traumatic past. So I would say it was my memoir that led me to do all this great work. And as I started deep diving into trauma, Tim, I realized that it’s very relevant for what the healthcare is going through. It’s too much, it’s too fast, too soon. And I And I’m, I’m quick, like I started relating to what physicians are going through, what pharmacists are going through, what nurses are going through. It’s it’s not limited to war. 

Tim Ulbrich  17:35

And I think just that reframe, you know, the, the acceptance of that, and understanding the definition of trauma. And I know, we talked about whether little T and big T is appropriate, but I Speaking for myself, you know, often when I think back to my childhood, and and just the admiration, respect and love that I have for my parents and the experiences, you know, I kind of put a wall up to like, well, there was no trauma, I didn’t experience any of the big T. Right, the things that I think about I have the understanding by, but and so I think that that can sometimes cloud our understanding awareness of you know, if we can humble ourselves for a minute, even as I think about raising my own four boys, like they have experienced trauma, like in my household that has happened, not big T trauma, but there is, you know, traumatic experience that happened in any household that are going to have an impact on them as they think about long term.

Dr. Helen Sairany  18:25

 Exactly. 

Tim Ulbrich  18:26

You said inner child, I think that’s a term that I know has been important to me in my own journey, as I’ve worked with a men’s group and gone through some counseling as well. Can you define that for those that aren’t familiar with that term? 

Dr. Helen Sairany  18:40

Inner child is basically it’s the child that that gets suspended inside of you. And, for example, my mother was emotionally distance. So I didn’t grow up with Barbies, and toys and like a typical American child, right. Not because they didn’t want me to because we were in a war zone, right? When you’re about to be bombed, you know, like survival is the number one priority, but that child has healthy narcissistic needs. So we’re not talking about the narcissism such as the narcissistic boss or the ex. We’re talking about a child feeling like needing the unconditional love being inconvenient, regardless of how sleepy or how tired you are, they want to play, they want that attention. That is the healthy narcissistic need. But if you are distracted, or if you’re burnt out, or if you’re stressed, you’re not going to be able to give that child what the child needs. So what happens the child is gonna have a tough decision to make, am I gonna force my authenticity, my need from my parents for the attachment or am I gonna split from my authentic need? Chances are because they put you on a pedestal because my parents are never wrong. They are going to start what’s called splitting. They’re going to suspend that inner child need, the healthy narcissistic need, but whatever is not met, it gets suspended, which means they take their unmet needs to their adult life and their unmet needs becomes the boss’s need, it becomes the partner’s need, it becomes whatever. So kudos to those who kind of know that term, who know where this inner child need comes from, but a lot of people, and let’s they let their inner child bleed all over them, and they’re not aware of it. 

Tim Ulbrich  20:17

That’s a beautiful, succinct explanation. Thank you, I have a guy in my men’s group, Greg, who does a lot of this area of work and talks a lot about the inner child. And he does a beautiful job of naming little Greg, and the work that he has to do to spend time with little Greg and nurture little Greg and, you know, reinvigorate some of those experiences and things that were missing. And it’s just beautiful to watch, kind of that journey and understanding of the inner child, and the impact that I can have. You mentioned travel a couple times on the podcast, you’ve traveled over 100 countries, which is incredible. I feel like every time I see what you’re up to on LinkedIn, you’re in a new country, doing new and different things. How have these experiences, enriched your experience of human resilience, and even the work that you’re doing around trauma informed care?

Dr. Helen Sairany  21:10

You know, it’s, it’s, it shows how we humans have so much in common, my goodness, so much in common. And I grew up, and I know you’ve read my memoir, and I grew up struggling with belonging. I was always a refugee girl in the states who spoke with an accent with thick brows, curly hair, she’s different, right? And then, and I knew I knew it was different. I knew I didn’t belong in the States. I knew I was a foreigner. But the reality hits was when I decided to go back and serve with Doctors Without Borders. And when I got the resentment from my own people, they’re like, well, you’re the American wannabe. So I felt like I was the foreigner in the States. And now I was the American wannabe in my own mother country. So it became very difficult. And I was going through an identity crisis in my late 20s. And only then, my therapist was like, well says, Who that you have to decide between either or you’re just a world citizen, right? So I will say, my lack of belonging, whenever I feel that pain, that I don’t belong anywhere, I feel like I belong everywhere. And I’m not trying to be my angel here. But it really is true. Because this lack of fulfillment, it just made me want to belong everywhere. And I just love every time I am stressed, or I’m depressed, or I’m having difficulties, I, I just go implant somewhere and I come back completely refreshed. 

Tim Ulbrich  22:30

You know, when I think of your career journey, Helen, it’s an interesting non traditional out of my mature, that’s the best term. You’ve talked about your experience shortly after graduating Doctors Without Borders. You spent several years with American Pharmacists Association, doing some incredible work there where our paths crossed. You then would go on to lead a couple of state pharmacy associations. Now you’re doing the work that we’re talking to me here on this episode, and, and you know, dabbling into the world of entrepreneurship, and all the exciting things that are there. One of the things I see pharmacists really struggle with is the attachment to their identity as their role of being a pharmacist. And when different opportunities might open up that are, quote, non traditional. I remember feeling this when I came out of residency, and I quickly exited practice and was exploring different things that I could do, I had this little voice in the back of my head that was like, Well, Tim, didn’t you train for eight years, and take on all this debt and go through residency, like you’re a clinic, you should be a clinician, and I remember thinking like, I don’t really like clinical practice, like, it’s just not for me, and it took some time to really accept that, and really see where I can have an impact and aligned with my skills in other areas. And so my question for you is, you think about your journey, your identity, as a pharmacist, your role as a pharmacist? How have you worked through that? Has that been a challenge as you’ve gone through this own journey, and you’re now doing work, obviously, in trauma and helping other healthcare professionals?

Dr. Helen Sairany  24:02

So I knew I knew when I was a student intern, that I was more than what was allowed of me. And the disappointment started early on. And that I believe, that’s probably why I packed my stuff and I joined Doctors Without Borders. So the whole, you know, we talked about the whole concept. Well, I felt like maybe I was misled. Or maybe I was not being told, I think that I’ve really quickly enough not been in growing up in a traumatic environment, I tend to be a bit quicker than an average person. Because of the risk I was surrounded by, I had no choice but to be quick in connecting dots. So I would say I am I’m a bit faster than an average individual because of my unfortunate circumstances. So I was quick in picking up that if I take this path, I know Helen is not going to thrive. So so that’s probably why I decided to take you know, this non-traditional pathway. But I would never, ever associate my identity with my profession. And I know that’s not your typical response you hear. But I would like to emphasize one thing, Tim, and that is something I will say 99% of pharmacists don’t know. And it just came up yesterday, as I was talking to a mentor of mine. Every seven years, it’s a new you. Every seven years, every cell of your body goes through a completely rebirth. So that’s exactly what happened to me with APHA after seven years. That is when it hits because I felt like I was going up, up, up, and I was doing all these amazing things. And then I reached the status quo. And I talked to a lot of people, it’s usually the seventh year that hits them, because the body goes through a complete reform. So it’s not about feeling guilty. It’s not about abandoning the profession. This is how we’re built as a human, if that makes sense. Some people are more open to it, while other people because of the societal conditioning, the professional conditioning, they decide to just stay where they are just because this is something they feel like that they signed up for.

Tim Ulbrich  26:03

Yeah, that’s the piece I see a lot, Helen, what you just mentioned there, you know, the openness to it, or lack there of you know, I see this on the financial side, where there’s, you know, a very real sunk cost concept where I put x amount into our my, maybe my family helped, my parents help whoever into paying for this college degree. You know, I remember when I graduated 2008, the story was very strong saidand unsaid of like, you will be a doctor, you will practice at the top of your license, right, all the things that you shared early on. And I think there’s a real risk of the enmeshment that can happen between your individual identity, which is independent of your role as a pharmacist. But very quickly, I think when we when we take ourselves back to 18, 19, 20 year old Tim going through pharmacy school, like those things start to become enmeshed. But if we’re not careful, I think some of that may or may not separate back out and, and what I what I’ve run into is people that I can sense have the intuition, whether it’s seven years, eight years, 10 years, five years, whatever, but aren’t willing to pivot move or be open to what else may be out there within or outside of the profession for a variety of different reasons.

Dr. Helen Sairany  27:15

No I hear you, and that is the whole concept of the codependent society, which is something I’m sure you came across in my second book is enmeshment, right? Like I am, I will feel good if XYZ feels good about me. And it’s if you look at our academic system, and I know you’ve written about this as well, they turn our identity to a letter. And if the letter is F, I feel like a failure. If the letter is A I feel, but and I know the whole concept of Maria Montessori, she challenges the whole Western academic system, because it’s all about play. And this whole concept of ADHD which we can go on and on. And Dr. Gabor actually challenges is the child fighting ADHD or is the child fighting this dry, you know, classroom setting, because kids are meant to play. They’re meant to be be playful. And that’s what Dr. Maria Montessori focuses on. But you’re expecting the child to sit on their butt like this for eight hours, of course, they’re going to be diagnosed with ADHD. So it just it’s time for us to revisit some of these concepts and some of these associations, you know, but until then, people are going to continue associating themselves with these labels.

Tim Ulbrich  28:28

Yeah. And I think the labels, you know, as a parent of four young boys, right, that’s a concern that I have is, you know, how do those labels get imprinted early? Where did those stories come from? And, you know, my wife and I have been talking a lot recently, and one of our boys in particular, where we caught ourselves recently, yeah, recognizing that, hey, we’ve kind of told ourselves and each other a story about why he essentially did something. And he was trying out for a sport. And it was something we both looked at, we’re like, oh, we’re surprised, like he’s self initiated. And we’re glad we kind of gave him the space to do it. But we caught ourselves in the moment of like, wait a minute, like, why are we both saying we’re surprised by this, and then that led to a conversation of, hey, we’ve kind of both told ourselves the story of who he is and what he should be doing. While he’s very clearly trying to tell us, like, that’s not his story, you know, that’s not what he thinks. And so it’s just, it’s really interesting to watch and observe that and even to see my boys in their, their creative habitat environment is, you know, to be outside, to figure it out, to be creative, you know, to work through the messiness, and I think so much to be learned there, which we can’t necessarily measure and say that’s an A, B, or C. 

Dr. Helen Sairany 29:36

To add to that, to add to that, and that’s probably why I’ve been a little critical, I can say this because I’m a member of minority okay, so this has nothing to do with Tim, for disclosure. I’ve been little critical of the DEI because it just, I’m gonna keep emphasizing, is it trauma is a diversity is it equity, is it inclusion, whatever it is, it’s about the depth of human experience. The second you associated with label big T, little T, micro-aggression, macro-aggression, like all these labels going around. That’s when you confuse me. You confuse me. And labels separate us. And labels confuse us. And labels get us in trouble. Because the second you mess up and label what do people do they associate it with XYZ and they cancel you. So it is a concerning era in this country because of this whole concept of labels. And that’s probably why I have issues with labels, you know? Because after all, why do I travel all around the world? Because I feel like we all have so much in common, and labels just never help, if that makes sense with coexistence. 

Tim Ulbrich  30:37

Beautiful. That’s great. I want to talk for a moment about a topic we could do a whole separate episode on, which is boundaries and setting boundaries, something that I don’t think we as pharmacists are inherently comfortable with. I recognize I’m generalizing that when I say that I remember reading Dr. Henry clouds book on boundaries several years ago, it was just very eye opening of Whoa, like, I’m not very good at setting boundaries. And, you know, that could be boundaries with ourselves that could be boundaries your loved ones, boundaries with the co workers. But what are you seeing in terms of pharmacists lack thereof of boundaries? And why setting boundaries is so important?

Dr. Helen Sairany  31:15

I mean, I think so that’s something you could relate to Tim more than I do, it’s asking for reimbursement is the biggest, it’s the biggest boundary. Find me a provider, that’s going to do MTM for 40 minutes for free. I mean, that is that that has been our biggest, you know, I don’t want to call it an enemy, but it’s backlashing. It’s backlashing. And the expectation is, and I know you and I kind of talked about this expectation as well, if I don’t get reimbursed for my services, when a colleague of mine who has a specialty, a consulting service, that becomes an expectation that I shouldn’t pay, either. It’s more of like re-enacting or trauma, if that makes sense. So I would say the biggest boundary is basically we’ve allowed our service to go by and recognized. And this is not about provider status. You know, you ask a nurse, you ask a physician, they will tell you pharmacists are provider. This is about a change in the regulatory language. This is about payment parity. So I’d like to, you know, and I’ve challenged APHA, I’ve challenged Tom Milligan, myself, you know, provider status has put a lot of insecurity in all of us, because we all thought we were providers, and now there is a bill. So put insecurity in in us all, and there’s so no payment parodies, it’s the payment parody that we need. So going back to the whole boundary concept, I would say that’s the biggest in the profession, at least.

Tim Ulbrich 31:17

Yeah. And it goes back to unrecognized value goes back to that feeling like I was trained to do something more and have a bigger contribution, but I have limits. And I remember, you know, I graduate in 2008. And you know, when you think about what was supposed to be big news with 2006, Medicare Part D MTM? I remember the rollout of Medicaid, MTM inOhio 2009-2010. Huge, huge opportunity. I remember the early pushes for provider status. I know some that are listening are said Yeah, we talked about this back with pharmaceutical care, and I get it. But I feel like the closest we probably were and even then it felt like we’re dancing around. Like, are we tactically doing this the right way? And are we asking for too much? And, you know, do we need another pilot study to validate this? Yada yada yada? So it’s a really interesting take on on boundaries and even some trauma related to that within our own profession? And the cumulative head trash that has probably come from you know, you’re absolutely right. When we insert this language of, we need to achieve provider status, despite others already other health care professionals thinking of us in that way. It almost sets the expectation back on ourselves of oh, well, I’m not a provider yet. I need to advocate for that and fight for that. Yeah,

Dr. Helen Sairany 32:37

I mean, I have so many physician friends are like what are you talking about? You are a provider. Like try like Helen, you’re okay, you’re okay. 

Tim Ulbrich  34:00

You’re like, but we don’t get paid! I want to shift gears and talk about the psychology of money, I think related to the conversation, certainly one of interest from our audience you shared with me a couple weeks ago, I think you’re taking a course and some training through some some business coaching classes that you’re doing, but I do relate to the psychology of money, how fascinating it is for how our past traumas and belief systems play out in our spending habits in our financial behaviors. Tell us more about what you’re learning there. 

Dr. Helen Sairany 34:34

Time and time again I hear money is the number one stressor for couples, in-laws are the number one stressors for couples. Communication is the number one stressor for couples and the number three reasons for successful relationships. We’re all bad, right? It’s all symptoms. All that you hear is symptoms of childhood baggage. What baggage what belief system do you bring into the relationship? Okay, now for someone like me, I grew up grew up in an environment that was defined by scarcity, defined by scarcity and my, my family when I visit them, I’ve gotten out and about explored the world, I’ve kind of invested in myself. So I feel like I’ve kind of opened up a bit. But when I go back, I still see the scarcity, that money’s gonna run out that, you know, resources are gonna run out. And because that’s how we grew up, we grew up in an economic sanction. You know, we grew up in an economic sanction and what is not being addressed, just like the inner child, it, you bring it to your adult relationships, adult life. And it’s not the money that triggers conflict, it’s more that money is being as a symptom. It’s a symptom of a belief that you’ve inherited from them from the environment that your family exposed you to, they expose you to. So my thing my take is that, whatever it is, it’s time for you to reflect going back to the curiosity that you started the podcast with, what is making you feel that you don’t want to spend XYZ? And it’s always catching the triggers? Like what is the trigger coming from? Why are you feeling the way you’re feeling? And I feel like that has helped me because I journaled a lot and I write down and I tried to trace it back to the scarcity environment that I was exposed to. So money is a belief system. But the belief system, it’s rooted back to your childhood upbringing, I would say.

Tim Ulbrich  36:26

And this is a huge gap in the financial planning process. And a shout out to our team that I think really does a nice job of trying to dig a little bit deeper here, because any financial decision we’re we’re making, right, the X’s and O’s when it comes to investing, or debt management or whatever. All of those are important. But underneath it, there lies this story, a narrative of how we view money in our beliefs around some of the money. Psychologists call this the money scripts or the money classrooms that we grew up in. And you see this a lot with partners or spouses, where back to my earlier example of a disproportionate emotional reaction. Like, if you find yourself in that, and are able to get curious and reflect back of like, wow, my partner, my spouse just made a $10 purchase, $30, it doesn’t matter what the number was. And it really felt much, much bigger or evoked feelings of scarcity or anger, like what’s behind that. And the more curious you can get individually, and then collectively together, of course, for those that are in a relationship doing this together, you know, I think the more fruit you’re gonna see in the outcome of that, but it’s hard because if we’re if we’re not doing the work to really surface some of those things, we’re going to constantly butt up against those challenges. Often. I always say take yourself back to the kitchen table growing up like what what were those comments? Or lack thereof, potentially, as well.

Dr. Helen Sairany  37:47

And that is something that Dr. Gabor Mati talks about, like, yes, your partner spent $10 In my trigger you, but you carry the ammunition? Yes. Did the trigger warranted that ammunition that big bombs, right, and where is that coming from?

Tim Ulbrich  38:03

Yes.

Dr. Helen Sairany  38:03

Do you know what I mean? So it’s a fascinating concept he talks about in his book, but I will say everything is rooted to childhood believe in the scarcity that we all bring into any relationship. Is it work? Is it marriage? Is it whatever it is.

Tim Ulbrich  38:16

Yeah. For those that have kids under the house, there’s the double challenge of doing the work looking back to understand where your own beliefs come from. And then there’s their work realizing that you have a whole another generation, they’re developing money scripts, you know, based on, you know, whatever they’re experiencing as well. I want to talk about Helen for a minute, if you’re willing to share, what has your own healing journey looked like in terms of therapists that have been involved support groups, the inner work that you’re doing, the daily habits that you have employed that you have found to be most helpful?

Dr. Helen Sairany  38:49

So say, Helen is work in progress. Because there is no such thing as a healing for trauma. Trauma, PTSD was not added to DSM5 and I’m sure you know, this term T. PTSD was the very first promise to treating trauma and it wasn’t added to DSM5 until the 80s. So we still don’t know enough like, you know, my definition of trauma is going to disagree with Dr. Gabor Mate. Dr. Gabor Mate is going to disagree with Bessel Vander Kolk. Because we don’t know enough. We don’t know enough. Like we kind of understand how trauma works. We know there’s triggers involved. We know the inner child, we know the dysfunctionality. But I would say there is not a universal definition around the trauma. So going back to Helen, I would say I am definitely work in progress. There are days where I am good. And there are days where I am not so good. It all depends on the triggers that Helen comes across and what ammunition do I have, you know, that I carry within. There are days where the ammunition just gets out and people are like, whoa, whoa, whoa, your reaction was not warranted. And there are days where like Helen, just yes. So I would say I start off my day with no, it’s non negotiable. I started my day with meditation. Because the meditation, it doesn’t matter if you’re on a vacation, it doesn’t matter if you’re hanging out on a beach resort in Fiji, whatever your meditation, it carries on, it regulates your body’s alarm system, right. So I would highly recommend meditation for everybody first thing in the morning, because you are in an alpha state. Because if you do it middle of the day, it’s going to take 20 minutes for you to calm your brain because the waves kind of pick up right. But when you first wake up in the morning, the waves are like slowly picking up. And that is a golden opportunity for you to regulate that body’s alarm system. And as you’re aware, I’m a runner, so I run end of the day at sunsets, and I tried to read writing has been my go to. So I’m really glad I have a hobby that is been beneficial to people, but it’s equally healing for myself.

Tim Ulbrich  40:57

So I hear writing in there reading, exercising, meditation, and it sounds like you’ve got a daily rhythm.

Dr. Helen Sairany  41:03

And of course, I’m not telling advocating anybody to be vegetarian or plant based, but I’ve invested a lot in my diet. So fitness is a priority for me for sure.

Tim Ulbrich  41:16

Yeah, what I have found in in my own I’ve shared with you before, I think like the morning is sacred protected time. Partly, I think with the boys, you know, once eight o’clock hits, and the day is kind of off and running and by nature a morning person, but having the rhythms of walking and meditation and some breath work and some writing and reading really helps me set the definition for a day and I have struggled with meditation, I have found some breathwork to be more impactful. But but with both of those, I have found that even when I’m distracted in the moment, and I may not necessarily look at that 5, 10 or 15 minutes and say, Hey, I really feel like I got a lot of in that moment. It’s the trickle effect that happens throughout the day, where I find myself just getting more curious and asking questions or being aware of some of the emotional triggers or reactions that are coming up throughout the day, that I think that work really does help contribute to, you know, as the day the day goes on.

Dr. Helen Sairany  42:16

And just if I may one thing, Tim meditation can be very triggering for some people. Because it brings up a lot of thoughts, right? There are days where I’m just like, I’m just like a hot mess because of meditation. But again, that is called the grief work that you’ve never taken a chance. Our society celebrates instant gratification. Well, if this relationship did not work, the only way you can get over him is to find someone else, you know, but no, the only way to get over it is to do the grief work, you know. So meditation is it could be triggering for a pain work that you did not take a chance to grieve fit, if that makes sense. So I just want to kind of bring that up, because there are times where I’ve haven’t allowed myself to grieve a pain in my life and it surfaces during meditation because it’s you and yourself. And the most difficult relationship you could have is the one with yourself not with a significant other.

Tim Ulbrich  43:12

Which is I think really also speaks to the role of a therapist and making sure you’re you’re working with someone you know that’s qualified to help you work through that grief as well. Let’s wrap up by talking about your new certificate training program Healing Together, Transforming your Trauma to Triumph. We’ll link to that in the show notes. Tell us more about what this training program includes who it’s for and what you’re trying to accomplish through this.

Dr. Helen Sairany  43:38

So we kind of talked about what inner work is and how the and I like to call it the childhood baggage, which happens to be the title of my third book. That childhood baggage shows up in your relationship with money. We now know that. That childhood baggage shows up in your relationship with your significant other. And guess what? That childhood baggage bleeds all over you in the workplace. So the corporate likes to think about how well we’re back where we should function as if the human is going to shut off the emotion the second they walk into the office. I wish that was the case. I wish that was the case. But we’re all interconnected. We’re all interconnected. Just like our family. I’m sure you read the bones of family theory in my second book, how a family is interconnected like this, right?And for the family to proceed, everybody has to do their work. But the second one member comes out, the whole you know interconnected unit gets disrupted. Let’s say that is addicted to alcohol or gets in prison or they go through divorce whatever, there’s so many adversities in life. So if one member is not able to continue, the whole interconnected unit gets disrupted in which means someone else needs to pick up the role of the individual that got off of the system. Same exact concept with work system. Works system is no different than family system. But what does the corporate do the second an individual goes rogue. They treat that individual like a sacrificial lamb. Right? Cut the head off. And it’s only a matter of time for that problem to surface again and again and again. So we don’t like to think because thinking is hard. Excuse me, we like to judge. So this whole certificate training program, it’s about how the childhood baggage bleeds all over you. How many bosses are narcissist until you like we know what maybe I’m the common denominator here. How many jobs, how many x’s how many, I don’t know what. But this is not about work. This is not about bosses. This is about the inner work. Because people don’t quit jobs, people quit people. And we all bring our own traumas, we all bring our own baggage into the workplace that makes a workplace that is already bad, even worse. So it is about you know, looking at the workplace from a trauma lens and looking about how it is time for us to have a complete look at how people are functioning as if they’re in a dysfunctional family system.

Tim Ulbrich  46:12

It’s great work and we will link to it in the show notes. Your website, Helensairany.com. From there, you’ll find the certificate training program all what’s included in the modules as a part of that. Also, if you haven’t already read one of two as Helen mentioned, there’s a third on its way book but the first two books Trading Grenades for Candy and The We We Don’t See. Both are available on Amazon. You can also find more information on Helen’s website, which we’ll link to in the show notes. Helen, this has been fantastic. As always, I appreciate your input, your perspective, I have a lot of admiration from your work. You’ve certainly taught me a lot and I know that will be true of our community as well.

Dr. Helen Sairany  46:51

Thank you so much, Tim. Thank you for having me.

Tim Ulbrich  46:55

As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding material should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward looking statements, which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 366: Your Medicare and Long-Term Care Questions Answered


Tim Baker, YFP Director of Financial Planning, breaks down Medicare and long-term care insurance and what to consider when deciding on a policy.

Episode Summary

Tim Baker, YFP Director of Financial Planning, breaks down the importance of long-term care insurance in retirement planning, highlighting the need to carefully consider the cost of these policies and how they fit into one’s overall financial plan. 

Tim also discusses Medicare parts A, B and D and the importance of understanding the enrollment period to avoid paying penalties.

About Today’s Guest

Tim Baker is the Co-Founder and Director of Financial Planning at Your Financial Pharmacist. Founded in 2015, YFP is a fee-only financial planning firm and connects with the YFP community of 12,000+ pharmacy professionals via the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast podcast, blog, website resources and speaking engagements. 

Tim attended the United States Military Academy majoring in International Relations and branching Armor. After his military career, he worked as a logistician with a major retailer and a construction company. After much deliberation, Tim decided to make a pivot in his career and joined a small independent financial planning firm in 2012. In 2016, he launched his own financial planning firm Script Financial and in 2019 merged with Your Financial Pharmacist. Tim now lives in Columbus, Ohio with his wife (Shay), three kids (Olivia, Liam and Zoe), and dog (Benji).

Key Points from the Episode

  • Medicare and long-term care insurance with questions from the community. [0:00]
  • Long-term care insurance costs and factors that affect premiums. [4:10]
  • Long-term care insurance policies, including elimination periods and riders. [10:23]
  • Long-term care insurance policies and their importance in retirement planning. [17:28]
  • Medicare penalties for late enrollment, including Part A, B, and D. [23:15]
  • Medicare changes and penalties, with tips for avoiding them. [29:40]

Episode Highlights

“Start assessing what kind of policies you want and what you want to do and what your plan for long term care in your 50s. The sweet spot to purchase a policy is in that 55 to 65 year old range. If you’re too early, you’re paying premiums for a long time and you may not reap the benefit for 20 or 30 years. If you’re too late, you’re paying much more in premiums or you could even be denied. So unlike most health insurance, you can be denied for pre-existing conditions. There’s really that zone, that sweet spot – the Goldilocks zone where you really need to kind of get this just right.” – Tim Baker [4:32]

“A lot of people think you need a 100% solution to put my kids through college or you need 100% solution for this. It’s not about that. It’s really about providing a baseline benefit for you that you can then pull the levers on other parts of your financial plan to form a fully comprehensive plan with regard to long term care.” – Tim Baker [9:58]

“I think the main misconception about long term care is that Medicare is going to cover this and it really doesn’t.” – Tim Baker [23:51]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich  00:00

Hey everybody, Tim Ulbrich here and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast where each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. On this week’s episode, we take questions from the YFP community on Medicare and long term care insurance – two critical, yet often overlooked, and might I say boring, parts of the financial plan. We discussed when it makes sense to purchase Long Term Care Insurance, what policies typically cost penalties for late enrollment in Medicare and policy changes and trends for both long term care and Medicare that listeners should be aware of when planning for the future. Now as we crossed the midway point of the year, it’s a good time to check up on your financial progress for the year and dust off those goals that you set back at the turn of the new year, which perhaps feels like a distant memory at this point. Whether you’re focused on investing in the future, paying off debt, saving for kids college, or growing a business or side hustle, our team at YFP is ready to help. At YFP we support pharmacists at every stage of their careers to take control their finances, reach their financial goals, and build wealth through comprehensive fee-only financial planning and tax planning. Our team of certified financial planners and our CPA work with pharmacists all across the US and help our clients set their future selves up for success while living a rich life today. You can learn more and book a free discovery call by visiting yourfinancialpharmacist.com. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com. 

Tim Ulbrich  01:29

Tim, welcome back to the show.

Tim Baker  01:34

Good to be here, Tim. Let’s do this thing. 

Tim Ulbrich  01:36

All right. So at the time of this going live, we’re actually on our annual YFP mid year break, it’s a week that we take off every year as a team around the Fourth of July a week that we can pause, reflect, get some time with family and friends. So Tim, any any big plans for the family this year? 

Tim Baker  01:52

No, it’s interesting, Tim, I am reading Michael Hyatt’s Free to Focus and he’s like, the way to kind of become focused is to is to do less. So I think it’s a good time to kind of stop and reflect on you know, the the first part of the year and then think about, you know, what’s ahead for the second half of the year, we have some friends coming in town that have young kids, so we’ll be spending the Fourth with them, but kind of just staying home and hanging out. How about you? Any big any big plans for the Ulbrich family?

Tim Ulbrich  02:22

Yeah, we’re hitting the road. We’re going to see Jess has family up in Bowling Green, to do some fireworks, Fourth of July stuff, see her grandma, and then we’re making a trip to Buffalo. My brother and his wife put in a new pool. So we’re gonna we’re gonna enjoy that with them for a couple days and make make the most of the week. Boys are super excited, great, great age for traveling. And it should be. It should be a fun week. So hey, when you when you figure out the Free to Focus, let me know how that works. I need to figure that out. So the genesis for today’s episode is, Tim, you led a webinar for us a couple weeks ago on Medicare and long term care insurance. And you know, this is a topic that I think we often think about, of course, we know it’s important, but it’s one of those topics, both of these topics where we’re like, ah, kind of boring, like, how much do I have to really think about this part of the plan. But as you shared, I mean, the engagement, the questions, the interest was, even exceeded our expectations, which is great. And so we decided, hey, let’s do an episode that focuses specifically on the community members questions around Medicare and long term care. Now, we have talked about both of these topics on the show before. We’ll link to these in the show notes. Episode 329 I brought on Certified Insurance Counselor Josh Workman to talk about Medicare selection and optimization. He had some great insights to share from his experience helping people with Medicare selection. And then episode 296, Tim, you and I talked about five key decisions for long term care insurance. So we’re not going to rehash the background of these topics, make sure to go back and listen to those but rather jump into questions that our community had on these two topics. So, Tim, let’s start with long term care. First question, which is probably I think, the most common question, which is, when do I need this policy? Right. So what is the ideal age range to purchase a long term care policy? 

Tim Baker  04:15

And in the presentation that we did in early June, the I kind of talked about this as like the Goldilocks zone, right? So if you’re too early, it’s not great. If you’re too late, it’s not great. So the way that I have broken this out, Tim, is you start discussing this in your late 40s. Start assessing kind of policies and what you want and what you want to do and kind of what is your plan for long term care in your 50s and then really kind of get the sweet spot to purchase a policy is in that 55 to 65 year old range. If you’re too early, you’re paying premiums for a long time and you may not reap the benefit for 20 or 30 years. If you’re too late, you’re paying much more in premiums or you could even be denied. So unlike most health insurance, you can be denied for pre-existing conditions. So there’s really that, that zone, that sweet spot, so to speak, is the Goldilocks zone where you really need to kind of get this just right. And again, if you’re, you know, if you have chronic issues, maybe you do that earlier. But I think one of the questions we’ll talk about, what do these premiums look like, and I kind of have these different age bands, so we can kind of talk about that. But, you know, started discussing in your late in your late 40s, kind of start assessing, you know, your plan and 50s. And then and then have a policy that meets that plan, you know, in that 55 to 65 year range.

Tim Ulbrich  05:42

So, Tim, we’re officially in the decade, you said end of forties. So something we’ll be thinking about here in the not not too distant future, which is hard to believe. But let’s talk about costs, right? Because I think sometimes these policies certainly can have some sticker shock. Everyone’s situation, of course, is different. But what are we looking at in terms of average premiums of a standard long term care policy?

Tim Baker  06:06

Yeah, so before I get into that, like, I think one of the I think this was Lincoln Financial, you know, did it did a study that that showed, like, what couples are willing to spend on long term care insurance, I think, I think the number was like $2500 to $3,000 per year in premiums. So I had that in the back of my mind, as I was kind of researching, you know, this. So according to the 2023 Long Term Care Insurance Price Index, that’s put out by the American Association for long term care insurance,  AALTCI. General estimates, and this is for this is for a policy that has an initial benefit amount of $165,000, it grows at 3%, compound inflation. So that’s kind of the general baseline. At age 55, for a single male individual, those premiums range from $1700 to $2,100 per year. So obviously, you’re in that that range of $2500 to $3000. Single females, unfortunately, ladies, your premium jumped quite a bit, you tend to live longer than men. Single female, it’s actually $2675 to $3,600. And then a shared benefit, so a couple that kind of combines their benefit together is is $3,000 to $4,800. So that’s at age 55. It jumps age 60, for a single male goes from $2100 to $3000. So that’s up from $1700 from $2100, single female jumps from $2675 to $3600, to $5000. And then the couple $3800 to $5500 combined. And then lastly, it’s 65, single male $2600 to $3135. So that’s a jump from the $2100 to $3000, single male $4230 to $5265, and then the couple $5815 to $7150. So, and I would say, Tim, that the factors are influencing these premiums, the probably the big one here is going to be the inflation protection. So it’s probably the most the most expensive rider that’s out there. And if you actually tie it, I don’t even know if they sell them. I don’t think they sound like this. But they’re they’ve been insurance products in the past to actually tie it to the CPI. I think they don’t necessarily do that. It’s like how you pick a 1% 2% 3% 4%. That’s going to drive the biggest cost to the to the you know, to the premium. Age of purchase, obviously, as we kind of outlined here is a big factor your health so health are healthier individuals will qualify for better rates, the benefit amount and duration. So a highly highly daily benefit or a bigger benefit pool. And a longer, you know, longer period won’t increase your premiums, elimination periods. Will I think it talks about this another in another question, the shorter the elimination periods and think about this as a time deductible or a deductive deductible that’s in time, results in higher premiums. I mentioned the inflation protection and then additional riders so, you know, other things that could be outside of inflation, shared care will increase the cost. So these are kind of the factors but you know, I think almost all being equal, you know, if we were to strip away the 3%, which again, that’s a major rider, I think they’d become a little bit more affordable. And I think if you’re looking at a baseline policy that that will allow you to age in place, meaning like age in your home as long as humanly possible. I think if you can look at these policies almost as like a coupon for that care. Not that you know, we talked about this. A lot of people think like oh, I need 100% solution to put my kids through college or I need 100% solution for this. It’s not about that it’s really about providing a baseline benefit for you that you can then pull the levers on other parts of your financial plan other other, you know, assets that you have to then, you know, form a fully comprehensive plan with regard to long term care.

Tim Ulbrich  10:22

Yeah. And Tim, as you share that, it reminded me of bringing Cameron Huddleston, on the show who wrote mom and dad, we need to talk we had her on episode 321. Navigating some of those financial conversations with aging parents, and some listening might might be thinking about this as the coverage for themselves. Some listening might be thinking about this as, hey, what about my parents, right, that are aging? What what do they have in place, and obviously, there can be a direct line from their coverage or lack thereof and their own financial plan. And so, you know, when you’re talking about the different factors that can affect the cost to me, but I also hear in there is like, we’ve got to zoom out and understand, like, what are the desires and the needs? What what is the goal in terms of long term care, obviously, things may happen or not as we would like them to happen. But having some clarity on you mentioned, like care in the home versus a facility type of care, like, those conversations are going to be really important for us to think about individually, but also with our parents to then look at some of these policies and determine, you know, what we want these policies to be doing in the coverage.

Tim Baker  11:25

Right. Yep, exactly, right.

Tim Ulbrich  11:28

You mentioned riders a couple times before we go to the next question. Can you can you just define that for those that may that may be a new term as they’re looking at insurance policies?

Tim Baker  11:37

Yes, riders are things that they’re like, the kind of like, add on features. So when an insurance writer, you know, wanting like, like for a life insurance policy, a permanent policy, or a disability policy could be like a waiver of premium. So like, if you have if you’re deemed disabled, you could put a rider in that policy that basically says, if you are disabled, the policy will remain remain in force, however, you don’t have to pay the premium. For for the what we’re talking about is cost of living. As you know, things increase every year and inflation goes up, the policy kind of keeps pace with inflation, or at least there’s a flat rate. So all a writer is is a additional feature that’s bolted onto the policy that makes it more enticing to the policyholder holder. However, it often comes with expense, you know, it comes with an additional premium that’s tied to that. So that’s all rider is.

Tim Ulbrich  12:43

Great stuff. So we talked about what’s the ideal age range, we’ve talked about the average premiums, what goes into that costs, several different factors. You mentioned, some of those riders, age of purchase health, what the actual policy entails elimination period. Let’s talk about elimination period. That was one of the other questions that came through is, you know, is there an elimination period with a long term care policy similar to what folks might be familiar with with a long term disability policy? So if you could first define elimination period? And then answer that question?

Tim Ulbrich  13:11

Tim, as you’re sharing all of these nuances and details regarding long term care insurance policies, you know, as can be the case with buying insurance, right, you pull back the onion. And there’s another question to consider, another question to consider what the policy should be made up of which all informs the cost, right? And what we have to answer the question when it comes to insurance, whether it’s long term care, or long term disability life, whatever we’re talking about is, what do we need? And what do we not need? Right, because obviously, we want to have a certain level of protection, that’s going to protect the rest of our financial plan. But we also don’t want to be overspending on premiums so there’s an opportunity cost that those dollars can be used elsewhere in the financial plan. And I think this is important point to selfishly plug, the work that we do and other fee-only financial planners were when you’re engaging in that work in a fee-only relationship, meaning that you’re paying the advisor for the advice that they’re giving. And there’s not a compensation stream coming from the recommending of products that may or may not be in your best interests, we really can sit down and have these conversations of what do you need, what you not need, without there being a bias in the advice that’s been given. So important.

Tim Baker  13:11

Yeah, so the elimination period, as I mentioned, is kind of like, think of this as like, when you get in a car accident, and you are, so your deductible is $500, or $1,000. You have to pay that, you know, as part to kind of access the policies policy. So if I have a, you know, an accident, and I need work on my car, that cost, you know, $2000, for that, for the policy to pay out that $2000, I have to actually pony up the deductible, which is, you know, 500, or whatever it is. So it’s it kind of what it what it what it’s meant to do is create somewhat of a barrier to care, they don’t want these policies don’t want to be accessed or have claims against if they’re if they’re nominal or minimal. So in a long term care insurance policy, you pay that in time. So to back up, when we talked about when you know, the process of purchase and long term care, I kind of broke this up into five steps, it’s actually deciding when to purchase a policy which we talked about, it’s to choose kind of a monthly benefit. The third one is a truce of deductible, which I’ll break down here in a second and then four and five is that decide how long the benefit will be paid. And then the fifth one is decide, you know, what is what riders you want? Do you want an inflation rider or not? So, to go back to step three of choose a deductible, deductibles come kind of in all shapes and sizes. So in terms of a time you can get a deductible, that is, you know, the elimination period I should say that the deductible and time that is 30, 60, 90, 180 or 365 days out. The most common is 90. So the idea behind this is, once once a professional physician says, you know, Hey, Tim, you need help with assisted daily living, like the task of transferring or eating or whatever, then that’s when the clock starts. So if I have a 90 day elimination period, and the doctor determines that July one, then essentially on October one, and sometimes it takes another month to actually get the benefit, you know, October one or November one, that’s when actually the policy starts to pay out. Now, what I just described was a calendar based a calendar day elimination period, there’s really two types, there’s calendar day. And then there’s service day. So the calendar day is based on the total number of days from the start of needing care, i.e. that physician says, hey, Tim, you need care, regardless of how often you use services, as opposed to a service day elimination period, which is based on the actual number of days he received paid care. So think about when you think about long term care, it’s often intermittent care, you don’t have someone around the clock, maybe they come in, you know, three days a week to clean and help you do some things around the house. So there’s pros and cons on each on each, right. So if you have a service day, service day care, if you have a 90 day service day elimination period, and you receive care three times a week, it would take approximately 30 weeks to meet the 90 day. So we’re versus like, if you have you know, on that first example, July one, I need care, you know, October 1, I’m getting, you know, I’m getting my policy to pay. So, you know, there’s pros and cons of each, you know, typically the calendar days going to be more expensive than the service day. You know, if you if you only need intermittent care, and it’s it’s maybe even less than, you know, weekly, you need it, you know, once a week or whatever it is, and the maybe the service day, you know, works. So this, these these elimination periods is all about trying to find, again, the Goldilocks zone for what type of care you need, what you what you want to pay for your policy, and then adjusting it for that. So that’s the elimination period, Tim. So again, most common is the 90 day. I think, I’m not sure what is more common between service and calendar day, I think if you want more of a known timeline, then calendar is kind of what you want. But then, you know, again, that’s probably going to be more expensive when it comes to paying the premium. That you have the the overlap between advice and the sale of a product, there’s going to be a conflict of interest, because often often that sale of a product, you know, means there’s a commission that’s in place. And yeah, and I’ll bring up one of the things. You know, I feel like when I was presenting, you know, I think the the latest data says that a couple, a couple that’s age, age 65, see if I can bring up the number. A couple that’s a retired couple age 65 can expect to spend after tax $315,000 on health care and medical expenses during retirement.

Tim Ulbrich  19:14

After tax. 

Tim Baker  19:15

Right. So and I think you might look at that be like, Oh, that’s not that bad. But like, a lot of people I look at that. I’m like, that’s a that’s a significant chunk of my, you know, traditional, like portfolio. Right? So and then the thing with this is that, you know, the last time I looked at this a year or two ago, like these numbers, they’ve jumped significantly. So, I think again, you know, if you’re and this is like if you think about like the biggest cost in retirement is really not like health care and medical expenses, it’s housing. So you know, if you think about this plus housing and that’s a significant chunk of a lot of people’s, you know, retirement nest eggs. So the the idea of behind, you know, long term care is to provide a baseline, again, you know, simple math, you know, you could spend $3,000 for 30 years and you know, spend, you know, $90 grand and give you that baseline, and again, you know, it can change. But to me, it’s about, again, getting those products in place for the plan that you’re trying to design without kind of some of those strings that you mentioned that are attached to that. So. Yeah. 

Tim Ulbrich  20:27

Yeah, this is you’re talking, it’s all good reminder for me, you know, my conversation with my parents. We’ve had an open conversation. I know they have a long term care policy, I don’t know the nuances of the policy. I know they’ve been diligent in that work. I know, it’s something they’ve talked about, they’ve they worked through intensely. But obviously, the the next level of that is to really ensure that my brother and I have a understanding of what’s there as well. Before we move on to Medicare, last question, related to long term care is, are there any recent policy changes or trends in long term care insurance that our listeners should be aware of when planning for their future?

Tim Baker  21:06

Yeah, I kind of see three, the big one I mentioned already, is, I think there’s a big push towards the aging in place initiatives, the the longevity of a person of a patient increases, when they can age in their home for as long as possible. And actually, a lot of these policies, Tim, are really designed to provide as much care and benefits to do that. So whether that’s setting up things like ramps or handrails or modifying the home to make it better, to, you know, again, have more of a focus on in home care than in a facility, once you pivot to a facility. You know, it’s it’s, it’s, it’s better for you to stay in home as long as possible. So there’s, there’s a growing focus on aging in place programs. And also that include kind of like wellness interventions like home modifications, and, you know, use of technology to monitor health and provide care remotely, so kind of more of a telehealth type of stuff. The second one is shift into more like hybrid policy. So there’s an increase in preference for hybrid long term care policies, which are often combining long term care benefits with life insurance or annuities. So, you know, if you were to decide to peel off, you know, a couple $100,000, a quarter million dollars of your, of your retirement portfolio to create a baseline floor, so you know, what you get for security plus, what this annuity pays you for the rest of your life, there’s, there are riders that you can put in that also provides long term care. So these policies policies offer more flexibility. And it’s, it’s, it’s less about, like, a lot of people with really annuities and long-cares, like, you know, you kind of lose it if you don’t use it, right. So making them more attractive to consumers, compared to kind of a traditional policy. Right. So that’s, that’s, that’s another one is kind of that hybrid approach. And then the third one, is, we’re starting to see more chatter and action initiatives for public long term care programs. So states, like Washington have introduced public programs, called Washington’s called the Washington Cares Fund, which began payroll contributions in July of 2023. And the basically what they’re trying to do is provide basic long term care benefits to residents. So they have something in place, because I think the the main misconception about long term care is that Medicare is going to cover this and it really doesn’t. So I think certain certain state governments are looking at this as a way to set aside money for residents to have some type of benefit in place for the purpose of providing, you know, long term care.

Tim Ulbrich  24:15

Great stuff, Tim. A topic, we’re going to continue to come back to, as I know, there’s lots of questions out there from the community. And since you mentioned annuities in that second update, and you know, we’ve talked before about that concept of creating a retirement paycheck, creating a floor between social security and annuities, whether or not that’s the right fit is another discussion, but we did talk about annuities on episode 305. Understanding annuities, we did a primer for pharmacists. So if folks are hearing that are like, oh, I want to want to learn more. We’ve covered that before we’ll link to that in the show notes. Tim, let’s shift gears to talk about Medicare. And again, we’ve discussed this briefly on the show before, Episode 329 with Medicare selection and optimization. Many pharmacists are aware of the different parts of Medicare from the work that they do every day. So let’s jump into some specific questions. The first one being for Medicare Part D, is there, (D as in dog), is there a penalty if you delay applying?

Tim Baker  25:14

Yeah, so so Medicare Part D is for a prescription drug plan. So yes, there is a penalty if you delay enrolling in Medicare Part D, the late enrollment penalty is an additional amount added to your Part D premium. And it’s calculated based on the length of time you went without Part D. The big thing here, Tim, is that it’s permanent. So once that penalty hits, it’s gonna hit as long as you have a Part D. So the way they calculate it, this, it’s 1% of the national base premium beneficiary premium for each full month, you went without coverage. So, and this goes up and changes every year. So as an example, the in 2023, the National base beneficiary premium was $32.74. So it’s not a ton of money. 1% of that is 33 cents. But you know, if you miss three months, that’s a whole whole dollar that you’re permanently paying on top of that. So it adds up, it’s one of those things that you don’t want to miss. So this is again, if you if you forego enrolling in Part D, you want to make sure that you do that when you’re you know, general enrollment comes up. So that’s that’s the penalty for part D. 

Tim Ulbrich  26:29

I think getting out in front of this, I’ve observed this time with my father-in-law and in my conversations with Josh, that we had on the show, Episode 329. This is just a big decision. You mentioned the permanent penalty, but also, this is people getting flooded with all types of information. Right? You know, I think there can be a paralysis just with the overwhelming amount of information. So starting this process early, making sure you’re doing research working with professionals that really understand this and have your best interests in mind is, is huge. The second question is what are the potential penalties for late enrollment in Medicare Part A, B, and D, we talked about D already. And are there any exceptions or circumstances where these penalties can be waived?

Tim Baker  27:09

Yeah, so so for Part A, most people don’t pay a premium for Part A, that’s kind of what your, you know, your payroll taxes already where you pay into Medicare while you’re working. However, some people do, do and if that’s the case, you have a monthly premium that may go up by by 10%. And you have to pay the higher premium for twice the number of years, you could have had Part A but you didn’t sign up. So again, most people, they’re going to, they’re going to dodge this because they’re not going to pay a premium for Part B. Again, just like Part D is that there is a penalty, and it’s permanent. So if you don’t sign up for Part B when you’re eligible. So this is your Part A is your hospital insurance, Part B is kind of easier is your outpatient, the penalty is added to your monthly Part B. So you calculate the this by looking at the penalty is 10% of the standard Part B premium. And I think in 2023, that premium was essentially $165, $164.90. So 10% of that, that that can add up, right. So and then the duration, you have to pay this penalty for as long as you have Part B the penalty is permanent and will be added to your premium. So if you delayed signing up for Part B for two years, your penalty would have been 20%- two years times to 10% of the standard premium. So in this example, your monthly premium would be a penalty, it would have been $164.90. But then, because you waited two years, the new premium is $197.88 cents. So more dire than prescription higher premiums, probably more punitive penalty. So this is really important as you are approaching your window. So just a reminder, you know your window, it’s the month before and after your eligibility date, so I should have this here. Here we go. So individuals that age 65, it’s a seven month period. So it’s three months before you turn age 65. The month you turn 65 and then three months after you turn 65 is your general or is your initial enrollment period. And that’s where you really want to make sure that you enroll in A, B and D at a minimum to avoid the penalties.

Tim Ulbrich  29:40

Great stuff there. Last question we have on Medicare, same one we heard on the long term care insurance side. Are there any recent policy changes or trends in Medicare that individuals should be aware of when planning for the future? And I guess we should say as we talked today, there’s a presidential debate tonight. I’m guessing this will become a topic in the presidential elections as it often is. So some of that will be hearsay, but anything that has been solidified or any changes that folks should be aware of?

Tim Baker  30:07

Yeah, and I’m going to answer this, Tim. And I want to go back to some of the exceptions that I didn’t answer for the question before. So the really the only things that I’m seeing for part D in for Medicare is related to part D. So starting this year, the 5% co-insurance requirement for Medicare Part D enrollees will be eliminated. So, I think what they’re what they’re trying to do is, is really go after high cost medications. So this is meant to reduce out of pocket. Beginning in 2025, though, there’ll be a $2000 annual out of pocket spending cap for part D, which will also provide significant savings with regard to high prescription drug costs. And then the two other trends that I’m seeing, is ones around consumer protection. So they really want the government really wants to kind of crack down on deceptive marketing practices. And so they don’t, they don’t want you know, companies that, you know, talk about these plans to kind of mentioned specific plans, and more oversight for like agent and broker monitoring to kind of, to kind of reduce predatory behavior. So kind of, you know, they want to prevent seniors from being pushed into a plan that they don’t necessarily want or need. And then the expansion of telehealth and digital health education is another thing in Medicare that they’re trying to, to focus on. To go back to the second part of the question that I didn’t answer, where the penalties can be waived. There are certain circumstances where the penalties can be waived. So if you are if you or your spouse are still working, and you have health care coverage through your employer, you can sign up for Part A during a special enrollment period without a penalty. And the special enrollment period typically lasts for eight months, after employment ends, or the group health coverage ends, whichever happens first. For part B, it’s the same thing. If you have, you know, coverage through an employer, that that can be, you know, something that, you know, avoids the penalty. And then Part D, if you have if you have like, coverage through your employer or TRICARE, or you’re a veteran, that, that that will waive the penalty. And then if you are in a disaster zone, like a disaster, like they’ll give you like a waiver for the penalty, if you can kind of prove that you were there or the extra help. It’s kind of a low income subsidy. If you didn’t sign up for Medicare, that’s another waiver. But you know, typically, outside of those, you’re gonna you’re gonna see that penalty. So that the kind of round out that second question there, Tim.

Tim Ulbrich  32:49

Great stuff. Tim. Lots of questions and engagement from the community on this topic. Be on the lookout – we have more webinars coming throughout the year, you can always find information on our website, yourfinancialpharmacist.com. If you’re subscribed to our newsletter, you’ll get updates there as well. We’d love to have you attend one of our future webinars covering a wide array of different financial topics for pharmacists at all stages of the career. And if you have a question on these two topics or another question, feel free to send us an email [email protected]. Again, [email protected]. And we’ll try to tackle that on an upcoming episode of the podcast. Now as we cross the midway point of the year, it’s a great time to check up on your financial progress for the year and dust off some of those goals that you set back at the turn of the new year. If you’re like me that perhaps feels like a distant memory at this point in the year. Whether you’re focused on long term care insurance and Medicare like we talked about today, or investing for the future paying off debt saving for kids college growing a business or side hustle. Our team at YFP is ready to help. At YFP we support pharmacists at every stage of their careers to take control of their finances, reach their financial goals and build wealth through comprehensive fee-only financial planning and tax planning. You can learn more and book a free discovery call with Tim Baker by visiting yourfinancialpharmacist.com. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com. Tim, great stuff. We’ll be again back again next week.

Tim Baker  34:12

Yeah, sounds good.

Tim Ulbrich  34:16

As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist unless otherwise noted and constitute your permits as of the date published. Such information may contain forward looking statements, which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacists Podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 365: Millionaire Theme Hour: From $0 to 7 Figure Pharmacist with Mike Byers


Mike Byers, PharmD shares how he was able to achieve financial freedom and replace his retail pharmacist income through savings and real estate investments.

Episode Summary

In this episode, Michael Byers, PharmD shares how he was able to achieve financial freedom and step away from his job as a retail pharmacist at age 42. Mike outlines how he went from a position of financial weakness to a position of financial strength through frugality and real estate investing. A father of two young boys, Mike talks about the importance of having options and flexibility in this season as he and his wife raise their family.

About Today’s Guest

Mike Byers is a 2008 graduate of the University of Pittsburgh School of Pharmacy. He spent 16 years as a retail pharmacist for Giant Eagle where he worked as a staff pharmacist, a pharmacy team leader and a floater. After successfully investing in real estate for over 10 years, Mike decided to take a break from pharmacy in 2023 to spend time with his wife and two young boys. He loves his family, houses, outdoor adventure, and trying to find the right balance between YOLO and delayed gratification.  He can be found on Instagram @DIYrentalGuy.

Key Points from the Episode

  • Pharmacist’s financial journey to seven figures, early retirement, and mindset shifts. [0:00]
  • Financial journey after graduation, including materialism, divorce, and saving for retirement. [5:59]
  • Saving money, investing, and finding balance in life. [13:58]
  • Real estate investing, personal growth, and overcoming setbacks. [23:17]
  • Building wealth through real estate investing and managing cash flow. [28:54]
  • Financial independence, real estate investing, and career development. [33:12]

Episode Highlights

“You have to be honest with yourself and say, what am I doing now? What is the result going to be? If I’m saving so much that it’s driving me crazy, the result is you’re going to go crazy. But for me, the end result was adventure.” – Mike Byers [20:51]

“I mean, just because you go down a path of a certain savings rate doesn’t mean you have to stay there, you can make adjustments.” – Mike Byers [21:41]

“What I’m looking at is that I have this money saved because I was diligent in being able to save, what does the next 10 years look like? Am I going to sacrifice weekends with my family and nights in order to have one or two extra million dollars?” – Mike Byers [32:07]

“And that’s something that you think about when you turn a certain age and you start wondering how much more do I really need to be comfortable after 65. I don’t want to be self-insuring myself if there’s an insurance product or an annuity that you can buy that would serve that same purpose.” – Mike Byers [32:52]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich  00:00

Hey everybody, Tim Ulbrich here and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast where each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. This episode we have a millionaire theme hour featuring Mike a 42 year old retired work optional pharmacist living in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. We discuss the highs and lows of his journey as he looks back, including how he felt trapped by big fixed expenses as a new graduate, why his early savings paid off big 20 years later, how his mindset shifted over time, why his real estate investing played an important role in his journey, ultimately replacing his pharmacist income, and why patience and short term frugality and sacrifice were key ingredients to his success. 

Tim Ulbrich  00:41

Now, before we jump into today’s episode, I have a hard truth for you to hear. Making a six figure income is not a financial plan. And we’ll hear that on today’s episode. Yes, you’ve worked hard to get where you are, yes, you’re earning to get income. But if you ever wondered, Am I on track to retire? How do I prioritize and fund all of these competing financial goals that I have? How do I plan financially for big upcoming life events and changes like moving, having a child, changing jobs, getting married, or retiring? And perhaps why am I not as far along financially at this point in my career, as I thought I would be? The answer may be that your six figure income is not a financial plan. Yes, as a pharmacist, you have an incredible tool in your toolbox and that’s your salary. But without a vision and an intentional plan that good income will only go so far. That’s in part why we started your financial pharmacists back in 2015. At YFP we support pharmacists at every stage of their career to take control their finances, reach their financial goals and build wealth through comprehensive fee only financial planning and tax planning. Our team of certified financial planners and tax professionals work with pharmacists all across the United States and helps our clients set their future selves up for success. While living a rich life today. You can learn more and book a free discovery call by visiting yourfinancialpharmacist.com/learn. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/learn. Alright, let’s jump into my interview with Mike. 

Tim Ulbrich  02:11

Mike, welcome to the show.

Mike Byers  02:13

Hey, I’m happy to be here.

Tim Ulbrich  02:14

Before we jump into your financial journey and the path of becoming a seven figure pharmacist, tell us more about your career in pharmacy. What led you into the profession? Where do you go to school? When did you graduate and the type that you have work you’ve been doing since? 

Mike Byers  02:28

I think I started off like most folks going from high school to college, I went to the University of Pittsburgh. I started there. And of course, I was thinking about medicine, dentistry, pharmacy as my options and I was thinking about the path to get there. I don’t quite know what I wanted to do. My life kind of hit a roadblock sophomore year, I have a condition called ulcerative colitis. And I had to drop out of school at that time. And for a semester I was in the hospital for 16 days. And after the end of it and being in the hospital and experiencing things firsthand, I said, I think being a doctor is too hard for me. I think it’s it’s just not in the cards for what I have going on. And I didn’t know at the time that this disease wouldn’t be a huge part of my life. I found medicines over the years to control things. But I was also still dating my high school sweetheart at the time. And oddly enough, her father was a pharmacist. He owned an independent pharmacy. And I thought why not. So I finished my undergrad, I got a degree in economics and also a minor in engineering. And I went to pharmacy school from there.

Tim Ulbrich  03:54

And after graduation, those that are native to your area or where I lived for 10 plus years in Northeast Ohio, they’ll recognize the name Giant Eagle, but others will not. So tell us more about the work that you’ve been doing with Giant Eagle after graduation. 

Mike Byers  04:09

Sure. So that was an exciting time to be in pharmacy school. I mean, you were going to school, you were learning things that were helping people and developing these skills and it was very fulfilling and the whole time, salaries were going up and you hear you would hear interesting things like the Alaska deal and all the things you’ve probably heard about it that time. But I did graduate and I worked for Giant Eagle. I was an intern there and stayed on as a staff pharmacist. I had some experience leading three different stores, which I learned a ton from and I was also floater and then staff again. So it was about 20 years from the time that I signed on as an intern to last year when I did resign.

Tim Ulbrich  04:59

Mike is a fellow 2008 grad. I graduated from Ohio Northern, I remember those times, right? It was the sign-on bonuses with the cars and classmates showing up with new cars in the parking lot and the Alaska deal, which I never saw on paper, but I heard of it as well. So we’ll share with our listeners, what is that all about? What I remember if it was, it was a big retail pharmacy chain that was offering a three year deal in Alaska for a million dollars. That’s what I remember the deal. 

Mike Byers  05:28

The only thing I remember is sitting in class and hearing somebody turn around in their seat and say, I heard this. I heard a million dollars, three years. I’m gonna do it. And then I’m going to retire. Yeah, so maybe that planted the seed for some kind of early retirement financial independence at that point. 

Tim Ulbrich  05:46

Nonetheless, it’s a very different time right here in 2024. So we’re going to dig into your current state of being a seven figure pharmacist achievement, financial independence, getting to this point of being work optional. We’ll talk about how you did that, and how real estate and traditional investments played into that. But I want to go all the way back to 2008 when you graduated with a net worth of zero, clean slate, no mounds of student loan debt, right, our listeners today are graduating $150k, $200k, you know, smaller debt loads, some might look at that and say, Hey, net worth, is your graduation, smooth sailing, but not so fast. Right? Tell us more.

Mike Byers  06:23

Yeah, before you throw tomatoes at the podcast, I did have a little bit of student debt. Which it was I mean, the difference between what I was making what I was spending, I can’t even remember how I paid it off. It was about $20,000. But I did go through a divorce, which cost some money, and I did have a real estate deal go south where I lost a lot of money. So I have had to dig myself out several times since 2008. But yes, I did. I did graduate with roughly a clean slate. And worked my way up to now where my passive income through real estate pretty much replaces my salary at 30 hours a week as a pharmacist.

Tim Ulbrich  07:13

What were some of the decisions, and we’ll dig deeper as we go throughout. But what were some of the decisions that you made early on as a new practitioner, you know, as it relates to car purchases and other things. You know, one of the things you shared with me prior to recording was that quote, “I became obnoxiously materialistic, which I partly blame for my marriage falling apart.” What do you mean by that? And how did this ultimately, you know, play into not only the financial plan, obviously the relationship but what would be the beginning of of, you know, that trench that you would eventually dig yourself out of.

Mike Byers  07:44

So like, like we mentioned, it was exciting times to graduate with bonuses. And we I graduated and I was married, we got married the last year of school during rotations. And we were living in her parent’s basement, not because we needed to financially, but because we weren’t sure where we were going to end up for her job. But I bought an Audi. A luxurious Audi. While it wasn’t even three months after I graduated, still living in my in-laws basement, bought this fancy new car. And it just seemed like the thing I was supposed to do. Long story short, I mean, we eventually moved. She got a job north of the city, we moved into a nice townhome rental. Not much longer after that, I’m on Zillow shopping for a nice, big, fancy house. So the fancy house came not much long after that. And I did become obnoxiously materialistic. And it wasn’t long after I moved into that house where I saw the house on the next street. He said, Gee, I wonder when or what it would take to get that bigger house. And that was just the way I was operating and had we not gotten divorced, I could still be operating that way. But it was just a mindset where I blame being really materialistic 10%. 90% we were young and ultimately not right for each other. But it wasn’t much longer after living in that house a couple of years where the bomb went off and divorced, trying to pick up the pieces again.

Tim Ulbrich  09:34

So you don’t go from that point to becoming a seven figure pharmacist by continuing that mindset and continuing those behaviors. So something shifted, something happened from a mindset and a behavior perspective. It sounds like that was the divorce. Tell us more about that.

Mike Byers  09:50

It absolutely was. I realized that I didn’t need a big house and a fancy car to be happy. I said the exact opposite – how little can I survive on? Or how little can I have material wise in order to live a happy life and I somehow found a studio apartment in the city, it was 350ish square feet. When my mom first saw it the first time, took her breath away, because it was just that small – the bedroom was in the kitchen. Yeah. And those were those were happy times. I lived that way for a couple years. And it felt really comfortable. But I still wasn’t saving. A couple years goes by and I’m like, well, kind of on this path where my rent is relatively cheap, my salary is relatively high. Why don’t I have a savings goal? Because I didn’t feel like I was doing the right thing at the time. So my goal that year, I think this was about 2012. So a couple years after divorce four years after graduating, I decided I wanted to save in addition to 401k, I wanted to save $2,000 a month. And each month I would play the game, if I wanted to buy something I worked extra. If it looked like I wasn’t going to hit my goal I cut back. And that’s what I did for that year to in addition to maxing out 401k to build up some cash savings.

Tim Ulbrich  10:11

So if I’m following correctly from jump street, you’re maxing out your 401k. So you’re leveraging the tax advantage account. And then you hit this point, shortly after the divorce four years into your pharmacy career. You’re in this studio apartment 350 square feet, and you realize, Hey, I’ve got an opportunity to more aggressively save. And so you set this target, which you know, to be on, I mean, $2,000 as a percentage of one’s take home pay, that’s a big chunk of money. And you see this a lot in the financial independence, retire early the FIRE community where there’s very aggressive savings rates, right, you’re in your early 40s. So to get to a net worth of seven figure plus, it’s going to take a substantial amount of savings to do that at an early age. So did your savings rate stay there? What did the trajectory look like as you were building that over time?

Mike Byers  12:21

So I hit that number, okay. And I was able to save about $25,000 that year. So I built up my cash savings. When I after going through the divorce, I didn’t have that cash savings. And I built that up and again, I kind of felt comfortable like, Hey, I hit that goal for that year, and I got a new apartment, that apartment had one bedroom. Not necessarily more happy in that apartment, but it was more expensive. And it seemed nicer. So at that point, it was a little more rent, and I wasn’t saving money and about a year had gone by and I said to myself, What am I what am I doing now? I mean, I had this surplus, and I was on a good path. So I for whatever reason started Googling. I figured it was taxes. I said I typed into Google, “single high earner how to save on taxes.” Okay, so real estate comes up. And I’d always been interested in homes. I love home remodeling and you know, watching a little bit too much HGTV at the time. But the next day, my friend came over to watch a football game. Oddly enough, he says my mom was thinking about selling the duplex. I had known him in college. And my ears perked up because why not? So, long story short, I fell ass backwards into owning a duplex. 

Tim Ulbrich  13:58

Little house hack. 

Mike Byers  13:59

Yeah. House hack. Yeah. 

Tim Ulbrich  14:01

How did  that one work out? Tell us about that is an investment property?

Mike Byers  14:06

I mean, it was it was a huge learning curve. So I said yes. I said I contacted his mom. We did the whole thing without an agent. It needed a lot of repairs and the whole thing flooded while we were in escrow. The pipes burst it was during winter the heat wasn’t on. So I had to jump into renovating and immediately kind of learning how to increase the value of the property. So I did that. And you know, I went from a studio apartment to half of a duplex even though it didn’t have air conditioning. It felt I mean, I felt amazing. I renovated it. It was nice. And I was just living in the duplex I was charging downstairs rent that mostly covered my mortgage. And it was shortly after that time when I discovered Mister Money Mustache. I’m sure a lot of people that you’ve talked to have started that or had that at some point in their journey. But that’s when things really started to go pretty quickly and I’d love to talk about that experience.

Tim Ulbrich  15:25

Yeah, and we’ll dive into that deeper and we’ll link in the show notes and Mister Money Mustache. For those that aren’t already familiar, I suspect many people are, great resource great blog will also link to other episodes, we talked about house hacking for those that that’s a new term. The idea is that you typically lots of different ways to house hack but you know, the most common we live in a duplex triplex or quad, you live in one unit, and you rent out the remaining units, obviously trying to generate income streams and hopefully cover a portion or majority of your mortgage payment in turn your what you think of often separately, your primary residence and then investment properties, bundle those together. And there’s some creative financing strategies of ways that you can, you can do that. And I want to come back in a little bit to talk more about real estate because I know it’s been such a big part of your plan. I do want to go back to the savings rate piece because I know you started with that $2,000 month goal. You shared with me in advance that eventually you’re pushing that up closer to $4000 to $5,000 a month. A lot of pharmacists hear these aggressive savings rates. And they’re like, how? Right, how? You know, you think of a typical pharmacists income, take home pay $7000 to $7500, maybe $8,000 a month, depending on what they do. You look at large fixed costs, like house, cars, student loan payments, daycare, childcare, other expenses. And we work with many pharmacists where there’s just not a whole lot of margin, at least in current expenses. So give us a little bit more of the behind the scenes of how you were able to actually allocate a large percentage of your income? What sacrifices did that require? And then where were you putting that money? I heard early on it was cash savings beyond the 401k. But was that in IRAs? Was that brokerage accounts? Where were you putting that money? 

Mike Byers  17:13

As far as stocks and retirement accounts, it’s just 401k. The Roth and the traditional just, I was saving so much at the time, the income limits, and then the limit that you could put in just seem too small for me. So how do you save? I mean, you mentioned that the three biggest things housing, transportation, and whether or not you have kids, I guess your third one would be food? If you don’t have kids, that third one, if you do is day care. Yeah. So house hacking. That’s the big way to save on your housing costs. So at one point, my housing costs were zero, because the rent went up. And I was saving at that time, I had paid off the loan on my car, and I kept it. So a lot of folks will pay off one vehicle and buy in the next or keep buying new vehicles that are pretty, pretty frequent pace, but if you keep your vehicle eight, nine, ten years, when you get to that point, it’s paid off. You can save a lot of money. So I was saving probably in the realm of $5,000 a month. So that included a paid off vehicle. It included rent from downstairs, a little bit of overtime manager salary. And saving on food. I mean, just not going out to eat a lot. That was a big thing for me. I mean, you can play the game where you get pretty extreme. And it was too much for me. I mean, there was one point where I was calculating the cost of the extra food I would have to consume to walk to work versus the cost per mile of gas if I had driven so what I was doing with that $5,000 a month, I was putting it all in my checking account. Okay, fine. It was just building out pretty quickly. I called the mortgage company and I said, hey, this PMI insurance. I have, you know, a certain amount of equity at this point. Can we make that go away? And they said no. I said why? And they said, Well, this is an FHA loan. 

Tim Ulbrich  19:26

Yeah, right. Did it. On my first home. Didn’t know that.

Mike Byers  19:30

Yeah, blame myself. I blame the mortgage seller, whatever. I was so angry by that. And I was saving so much money that I paid off. I think it was $100,000 loan balance relatively quickly, like within a year and a half. Just because I was mad about that. And I wanted to make $120 a month go away. So I was putting it back into the real estate.

Tim Ulbrich  19:55

Got it. Okay. You mentioned something really interesting. You talked about of extremes, right? And you see this sometimes in the FIRE community and and let’s, let’s say out there and everyone’s on their own journey, everyone’s situation is different. You know, everyone’s cost a living expenses are different family situation is different. So everyone has to figure out what is the journey and pathway that allows them to achieve the goals that they want to achieve. But those that are on this financial independence, retire early or retire optional journey, you know, there is what you call the potential for this frugal fatigue. Right. And I love that term, because it’s real. And there’s a time and season for it, for that grind. And there’s a fatigue that comes with that as well. And so, my question for you is, how did you combat this? When you recognize that? What did you do to say, Hey, this is real, and I’m achieving all these great goals, and I’m saving a lot per month. But this fatigue is real. How did you combat that fatigue?

Mike Byers  20:51

I mean, you have to be honest with yourself and say, What am I doing now? What is the result gonna be? I mean, if I’m saving so much that it’s driving me crazy. The result is you’re gonna go crazy. But for me, I would. For me, it was adventure. So when I got pretty fatigued with the daily saving, and it wasn’t like I was living this life where I was, you know, things were relatively scarce and I wasn’t having fun. But at time, like I bought an Airstream when you’re holding back so much, and you’re just kind of yearning for adventure, you see a commercial for the new Airstream. You just buy it. And you can adjust. I mean, just because you go down a path of a certain savings rate doesn’t mean you have to stay there, you can make adjustments. I ended up selling it a few years, a few years later. And the money that I lost, I guess you could say last was a great experience. So you just keep adjusting yourself and you have honest conversations with you or with your spouse if you’re married on okay. What are we saving? What experiences aren’t we having? Right? What is that going to result in in the future? Because you could have two different ends of the spectrum. You could have YOLO. And I know people like this and they’re happy. You only live once, they’re spending their whole paycheck. They’re not thinking too much about the future and holding back on some things. They’re just living life now. But there’s the other end of the spectrum, which is deferred gratification. Yep, either one of those two, seems a little extreme. And you could get screwed either way. So if you’re YOLO, and not saving anything, and leveraging all your salary and income to have fun today and you live to 100. I mean, you could be screwed. Sixty-five When you start to not have energy and ability to work, I mean, yep. But if you defer everything and you die at 50, you’re screwed as well. So you have to find your balance in the middle and continually be honest with yourself and have the conversations with your spouse on what the right balance is.

Tim Ulbrich  23:17

Ton of wisdom there, Mike. And there are several resources that are coming to mind that I feel like of what you shared. You’re kind of pulling from, you know, some different philosophies and putting it together. What we often say is, hey, we’ve got to figure out how we can save and invest for the future to take care of our future selves, but also live a rich life today. Both of those things can happen and be true. While that looks different for everyone. And, you know, I’m thinking of some of the resources that have influenced my journey. Rich Dad, Poor Dad, The Millionaire Next Door or Die with Zero by Bill Perkins. 

Mike Byers  23:45

I just read that.

Tim Ulbrich  23:47

Bigger Pockets. Like, I kind of hear a little bit of pieces of these. And what I love is you’ve taken these teachings, and probably many others, and said, Hey, this is what is ideal for me and my journey. And I think the way you articulated that is beautiful, and I want to talk more about the real estate. So 2012 You buy the duplex sounds like that was a good move in the house hack. You weren’t a one and done real estate investor. 2019, you decide to do a deep dive deeper dive into real estate beyond that initial house hack, which ultimately, when we talk about current state would allow you to cut cut back your work altogether to replace that income, but initially go from that full time to less or full time 30 hours a week. Where did that motivation and drive come from? Do that deeper dive in real estate and tell us more about that second investment, the one that you you kicked off in 2019.

Mike Byers  24:41

So I had lived in the duplex for about five years 2013 to 2018. I had gotten out of a four year relationship at the time and I’m driving to visit my brother in Sioux Falls, South Dakota. It’s pretty long drive so I’m doing a lot of podcasts listening and I discover some things was about real estate. So again, I was kind of on the path. But I listened to some information on podcasts that said, well, you have another opportunity to continue down this path. I mean, I was sit still saving a bunch of money living there and earning a good salary. By the end of that trip, I decided that I wanted to buy another property. I wanted to continue, there was no, there was no reason not to grow this. And at that time, I felt like I had a little more tools and resources and experience to go down that road. So I bought another house, I was able to pay cash without a loan because of my savings rate over those last five years. And I lived in it, renovated it. I rented it out for a decent price. And I hit a certain number that I wanted to hit. And I thought I was the King of Real Estate in Pittsburgh. I bought another one. And before I was finished with that one, and ultimately ended up in another low point in my life where I just had too much going on. And I ended up selling that for a loss because it was just too overwhelming. But I, you know, these are the things you think about long car rides and long bike rides. It’s like what is the purpose of what I’m doing? And I had said to myself, I have this duplex, it has the opportunity to give me two rents. And I have the opportunity, because nothing’s really tying me down, to buy more real estate. And I think in order to do that, I need to cut back hours. So eventually, I asked to be cut down to 30. I got a really great store where I work three days a week, every fifth weekend. So that gave me the time and the freedom to eventually build more real estate. And the salary that I’ve lost over that amount of time, it’s, it’s really not a big deal. Because what you’re able to build with your time, or the freedom that you’re able to have is worth the cost. 

Tim Ulbrich  27:17

In terms of your portfolio, you started with the duplex, you buy another one in 2019. Sounds like that goes well. The one after that not so much. You mentioned a low point, what what did you do to kind of pick yourself back up and say, Hey, maybe I’m not the king of real estate in Pittsburgh, but I also have something here to offer. And I think I’m on to something in terms of building some real assets here. How did you get out of that trough and really get yourself back in the game?

Tim Ulbrich  27:46

And then that portfolio, the current day portfolio you just mentioned, has gotten to the point where work is optional. So you went from 40 hours a week to 30 hours a week. And now that portfolio is generating income such that if you need to, want to work in the future great, you can or if you want to pick up extra hours, but you’re not in a position of needing that income. 

Mike Byers  27:46

I mean, thank God, I met my wife at that time. Because she gave me the confidence and believed in me. And I’m the type of person that if someone believes I can do something I could, I could climb a mountain pretty easily. Amazing, amazing luck that I found such an amazing person. And she believed. She knew what I had done in the past with the single family home and the duplex and the skills that I have built and the knowledge that I had built during this time. And sometimes all you need is a partner that can believe in you and do it with you. So we basically went on a buying spree and use the equity in those two homes to buy four more homes and rent those out. And that’s what our portfolio looks like today. Four single families and a duplex plus our primary house.

Mike Byers  29:14

Exactly. 

Tim Ulbrich  29:15

Okay. Yeah, man. That’s awesome. Congratulations on the journey all the work.

Mike Byers  29:20

Yeah. So that was a goal. And things change when you have kids. And we had two children born pretty close together. And we were coming towards the end of my wife’s maternity leave for our second child and we were deciding what to do and it was a decision for me to stay home and not work. And the investing in assets and growing those assets and having those assets give you a return to buy more is what allowed us to have a one income family.

Tim Ulbrich  29:58

And your boys are how old now? 

Mike Byers  30:00

They’re one and two. 

Tim Ulbrich  30:01

All right. All right. So you’ve got options for time and flexibility schedule with them. That’s cool. If we zoom out for a moment, and look at your pathway to becoming a seven figure pharmacist, and now looking at your asset base as a whole, not specific numbers, but just general percentages, if you were to break that down between, you know, more traditional, right 401k types of dollars versus the assets that you have in real estate, or potentially others that I’m not yet aware of, like, how is that net worth broken down?

Mike Byers  30:36

I would say 60 to 70% real estate. Probably 60% of real estate. And then the rest is in 401k.

Tim Ulbrich  30:46

Okay. Okay. And we haven’t even touched on obviously, a whole nother aspect of the real estate, you know, you’ve got your cash flow you’re generating now there’s future appreciation, there’s tax advantages, if anyone wants to dive into that deeper, Tax Free Wealth by Tom Wheelwright, great resource to kind of just open your eyes a little bit if, if that’s not something you’ve you’ve considered before. 

Mike Byers  31:08

I mean, for our real estate specifically, I mean, if you think about it, there’s three, three or four different ways where you make money. So there’s cash flow, there’s appreciation, and there’s loan pay down. So what we shoot for with our properties is $1,500 a month. $500 is $400 or $500 is cash flow. $500 is being paid down by the tenant and then above $500, is appreciating, and when you multiply that by several properties, you get that automatic savings in those two parts, you get the automatic savings where the tenant is paying it down, and it’s appreciating in value. And then you can use the cash flow to reinvest or if it’s a different season of your life where you need to live on cash flow, you can do that you can take a break from work, you can take a sabbatical. And it’s it just provides you options. Right now, what I’m looking at is, what kind of options has what I’ve built in the past, giving me to live a great life with like I, like you mentioned the book Die with Zero, you get to 40 years old, and you start thinking, Okay, I have this money saved because I was diligent and being able to save, what does the next 10 years look like? Am I going to sacrifice weekends with my family and nights in order to have one or two extra million dollars? You know, maybe your kids and your spouse they want you home? So that you know you can you can live a different life with experiences. And that’s something that you think about when you turn a certain age and you start wondering how much more do I really need to be comfortable after 65. I don’t want to be self insuring myself if there’s a maybe there’s an insurance product or an annuity that you can buy, that would serve that same purpose.

Tim Ulbrich  33:11

And options is the word I hear. Flexibility is the word I hear. And it’s interesting when I polled our community about the idea of financial independence, whether or not they want to retire early. You know, some people love what they’re doing. Some people don’t like what they’re doing. Some people might want part time or to pivot. But the goal of financial independence, I think, is one that resonates with people as a whole. And when I asked that question, you know, what excites you? What motivates you around that concept of financial independence? It’s options. It’s flexibility. It’s being able to choose and to have choice in those things along the way, which I think your story is such a good example of that as well. Mike, when you look back on this journey, and one of the things I appreciate is in the transparency and the vulnerability. You know, we could look at the current state and say Mike is crushing it, and you’ve done incredibly well. But there’s been highs and there’s been lows along the way. And there’s been a lot of learning that’s happened. As you look back on that journey from net worth of zero to becoming, you know, well into a seven figure pharmacist, what lessons do you take away as you reflect back on that, that you can share with our listeners?

Mike Byers  34:20

I think a good lesson to learn is have honest conversations with yourself about the alternatives. So if you’re on the path, and you’re making and not saving, if you’re making a certain amount and you’re not saving a whole lot and you get to the point where maybe you’re thinking there’s something more I can do. Maybe I can save a little bit more or maybe I can make investments outside of my 401k, they’re gonna be a good return and give me cash. flow like real estate. Just have honest conversation about what the alternative is. Because sometimes the alternative is you get stuck for a long period of time in what you’re doing because you didn’t take those five years to save diligently, or to pursue something that you’re interested in as far as a side hustle or take that job. So I sit down, evaluate what you’re doing and what path you’re on. And where that’s gonna lead to 10, 20, 30 years down the road. Five or 10? Whatever.

Tim Ulbrich  35:44

Yeah, and I hear a lot of patience in your story. I hear a lot of, you know, seasons of sacrifice, but also seasons of perspective, and kind of reevaluating where am I going? What are we trying to do? I’m curious, as you look out, you mentioned this time window into the future, as you look out, where do you see your real estate portfolio going? You know, now that it’s gotten to a point of replacing your income, do you see yourself kind of staying put in this model where you’ve got a duplex and several single family homes? Do you see an expansion within that same investment category? Are you interested in, you know, commercial or short term rentals? Like, what? Where are you envisioning the future of the real estate portfolio?

Mike Byers  36:23

So I’m envisioning, I mean, my, my vision is to work on it three to four hours a day, from a coffee shop and manage the investments. So I wish I could give you a better answer. And part of stepping back from the pharmacy job and trying new things is this level of uncertainty and really uncomfortability like, things aren’t amazingly comfortable right now. I mean, I’ve really had to unwind some of the programming that 20 years of retail pharmacy put in me, so it’s tough, and I can’t tell you exactly where I want to be in this is a period where I am. But I mentioned the word sabbatical. So it’s, it’s a period of time where you’re not forced to work, where, you know, thank God, my wife is just so amazing and understanding. You can take the time to figure out your next path. And instead of working nights and weekends for the next 10 years to figure out how to have your kids experience and watch you live an amazing life. So that’s an evolving thing. And maybe we’ll catch up in five years, and I can tell you what it evolved to. I you really have to think about what your passion and purpose is. And sometimes you look at 100 jobs on on LinkedIn or Indeed, pharmacy/medical related and you just can’t see yourself doing that. So I’m trying to find my passion and purpose right now. And I really think it is in real estate, whether it’s rental real estate, commercial, vacation rental or flipping. I’m trying to figure that out. 

Tim Ulbrich  38:19

And what excites me about that is I sense this is a season of, you know, some of that deep reflection and figuring out the next steps. You use the word sabbatical as well. But you know, another tip of the cap to the work that you’ve done, you’ve put yourself in a financial position, with the support of your family to be able to take the space to think and think strategically, right? And that’s an amazing opportunity, but it didn’t fall in your lap. You worked incredibly hard for that to happen. So congratulations, Mike on on the journey. I do look forward to following up and following your journey. Along the way. I know it’s been an inspiration to me, I’m sure it will to our listeners as well. So thank you so much for taking time to come on the show. 

Tim Ulbrich  39:01

As we conclude this week’s podcast, an mportant reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist unless otherwise noted and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward looking statements, which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements. For more information, please Is yourfinancialpharmacist.com/ disclaimer Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

 

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 364: Starting a Nonprofit: An Interview with Founder of Pharm to Tables, John Muchka, PharmD, BCPS


Dr. John Muchka, Founder of Pharm to Tables, talks about how he started the non-profit and its mission of helping end the hunger crisis in local communities.

This episode is brought to you by First Horizon

Episode Summary

In this episode, Tim talks with Dr. John Muchka, Founder of Pharm To Tables, a charitable organization uniting pharmacy professionals in a singular, focused mission of helping end the hunger crisis of our local communities

Dr. Muchka talks about how his service learning project during pharmacy school inspired the idea for Pharm To Tables, the why behind his passion to end hunger in local communities, how he was able to get his vision off the ground, and the lessons he has learned along the way.

About Today’s Guest

Dr. John Muchka received his Bachelor’s degree in biochemistry from the University of Wisconsin- Madison followed by his Doctor of Pharmacy from South University School of Pharmacy in 2010.

Dr. Muchka is a seasoned clinical pharmacist with over 13 years of extensive experience in the healthcare field. Throughout his career, he has demonstrated a steadfast commitment to advancing pharmacy practice and improving patient care.

As a Pharmacy Residency Program Director, Dr. Muchka plays a pivotal role in shaping the next generation of pharmacy professionals. His dedication to mentorship and education has empowered countless pharmacists to excel in their careers and make meaningful contributions to the field.

In addition to his role as a clinical pharmacist and Residency Program Director, Dr. Muchka is also the Co-founder and president of Pharm to Tables Charitable Organization Inc. Under his visionary leadership, Pharm to Tables has emerged as a driving force in promoting overall community health by helping to end food insecurity.

Dr. John Muchka is a respected voice within the pharmacy community on a local and national level. He currently serves on the Pharmacy Society of Wisconsin Board of Directors. Dr. Muchka also represents Wisconsin in the American Society of Health-System Pharmacists House of Delegates. Through his active involvement in these organizations, Dr. Muchka advocates for policies and initiatives that elevate the profession of pharmacy and enhance the quality of patient care on a local, national and global scale.

Outside of work, John loves spending time outdoors with his wife Lindsey and two sons, Luke and Noah

Key Points from the Episode

  • Ending hunger in local communities with nonprofit Farm to Tables. [0:00]
  • Career journey from construction to pharmacy, including residency and nonprofit work. [2:59]
  • Starting a nonprofit to address food insecurity. [7:52]
  • Starting a nonprofit to address food insecurity through the pharmacy profession. [12:26]
  • Leveraging pharmacy connections for food donations. [17:11]
  • Nonprofit organization supporting food pantries through pharmacy schools. [21:08]
  • Addressing burnout in healthcare professionals through philanthropic efforts. [27:18]

Episode Highlights

“I said why do you guys come here after school when you could go to Forsyth and and play with some really good competition and the answer is what it was the reason why I started Pharm to Tables. They said, if we didn’t come here, we wouldn’t eat dinner. And when I heard that, I mean, you could have probably seen my heartbreak in front of these kids. And I knew that I had to do something.” – Dr. John Muchka [9:54]

“Because food insecurity is a problem everywhere, not only in urban areas, but also in rural areas, there’s food deserts everywhere. And if we can do something to generate food and or money to help give access to these people who need it, we’re going to improve community health.” – Dr. John Muchka [10:39]

“You know when you have you have an idea that just won’t go away? As you’re laying in bed and you can’t fall asleep? And that’s the one that’s the thought that comes back in your mind. So whether it was a calling or whatever it was, it was it was just something that wouldn’t go away. So it was time to take action on it.” – Dr. John Muchka [12:20]

“I know when you’re a kid, everyone says you know, it’s better to give than to receive. And that’s absolutely true. I mean, makes you feel good. It fills the tank, it gives you more purpose of what you’re doing here.” – Dr. John Muchka [23:09]

“Another thing that I learned was it’s not easy. Nothing’s easy, right? There’s going to be barriers along the way and it would have been easy just to hang it up and say yeah, I had this idea but nothing really came of it. But to have the vision and the foresight to say this could be something that could make a big difference in a lot of people’s lives. And just to keep going, I mean, no doesn’t mean no, it means not right now. And I live by that.” – Dr. John Muchka [24:50]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich  00:00

Hey everybody, Tim Ulbrich here and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast where each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. This week I interviewed Dr. John Muchka, Founder of Pharm to Tables, a charitable organization uniting pharmacy professionals in a singular focus mission of helping end the hunger crisis of our local communities. We talked about his service learning project during pharmacy school and how that inspired the idea to Pharm to Tables, the why behind John’s passion to end hunger in local communities, how he was able to get his vision off the ground, and the lessons that he has learned along the way. Let’s hear a brief message from today’s sponsor First Horizon, and then we’ll jump into my interview with John Muchka. 

Tim Ulbrich  00:48

Does saving 20% for a down payment on a home feel like an uphill battle? It’s no secret that pharmacists have a lot of competing financial priorities, including high student loan debt, meaning that saving 20% for a down payment on a home may take years. For several years now we’ve been partnering with First Horizon who offers a professional home loan option AKA a doctor or pharmacist loan that requires a 3% downpayment for single family home or a townhome for first time homebuyers, has no PMI and offers a 30 year fixed rate mortgage on home loans up to $766,550 in most areas. The pharmacist home loan is available in all states except Alaska and Hawaii, and can be used to purchase condos as well, however, rates may be higher and a condo review has to be completed. While I’ve personally worked with First Horizon before and had a great experience with Tony and his team, don’t just take it for me. Here’s what Molly from New Berlin, Wisconsin had to say about her experience with First Horizon: “The communication and always being available to talk over the phone was great for us. It also made an impact getting an initial overview and education on the process from gal being able to submit everything electronically made it more efficient.” So if you want to check out the requirements for Pharmacist’s Home Loan from First Horizon and to start the pre-approval process, visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. 

Tim Ulbrich  02:16

John, welcome to the show. 

Dr. John Muchka  02:18

Thanks, Tim. Happy to be here.

Tim Ulbrich  02:20

Well, I’m excited to have you to share the work that you’re doing and the story of the Pharm to Tables non-profit organization. We’ll get to that here in a little bit. I had the opportunity to meet you actually after I posted something on LinkedIn several months ago that said, Hey, I’d love to hear more about pharmacists that are involved in different philanthropic efforts or running nonprofit organizations. Someone reached out to me say hey, you’ve got to talk to John and hear about the work that he’s doing with Pharm to Tables. So here we are. Before we get into that, though, give us your background and career journey in pharmacy, including what led you into the profession where you went to school and some of the work that you’ve been doing since.

Dr. John Muchka  02:58

Sure. Initially, pharmacy was not on my radar, I come from a blue collar family- construction workers. I have three older brothers that that all work in the construction industry. My parents own a construction company so that was that was the logical next step for me to go just start working right away after high school. But when I was in high school I worked in, in a pharmacy in a in a community pharmacy. A family friend had owned the pharmacy and I worked there and I I enjoyed the work. And when I talked to my parents about maybe next steps, about me going to college and what they thought about it, they were they were on board 100% so I went to University Wisconsin-Madison. I got my undergraduate degree in biochemistry. Still really didn’t know what I was going to do. But then I thought back on my my time as a pharmacy technician, and I was like, you know, let’s let’s give this pharmacy thing ago. Decided to go out of state. I was in Madison for about five years and I was looking to go somewhere else, see another part of the country. So I went to pharmacy school in Savannah, Georgia at South University. Thought I was still going to do the retail pharmacy route until I started doing my appy rotations. And there’s a lot of army bases out there. So a lot of the collaborative practice agreement models where pharmacists ran clinics and I worked in a lot of the hospital settings and I really enjoyed that. So I decided to pursue a PGY1 residency. I was lucky enough to match back home here in Milwaukee at Froedtert and Medical College of Wisconsin. That was in about 2011 I think. After I completed my residency, I wanted to take what I learned at the academic medical center and take that back to the community that I lived in. So I wanted to take the cutting edge pharmacy stuff that we were working on there and take it from here community hospital that might not have the resources or, or the knowledge base of the pharmacists that were working there to implement some of this cool stuff. So I took a job as the 770 D-central pharmacist in the town and a hospital in town I grew up in. My mom was actually a unit clerk at the hospital when I was growing up. So I went back to the hospital that she worked at. And I knew a lot of the people that were still there. And I was able to implement some cool stuff in that in that pharmacy department.

Tim Ulbrich  05:22

Love it. And I love to hear the career journey coming back to home. And many listeners know that I’ve got four boys. So when you shared with me that you have three brothers, I love the brothers story you shared with me when we talked a couple of months ago that one of your brothers said, Hey, I’m not gonna hire you. You need to go to school. Right? Yeah.

Dr. John Muchka  05:41

That was probably the best career decision. Fourth career decision that I had. So yeah, he was looking out for me and he said, Hey, man, we don’t have the brains that you have, you can do the work. The work is great. What we do right now, and if you ever need a job, if it doesn’t work out, you can come back and work for us. But we want you to give it a go doing something else. 

Tim Ulbrich  06:02

Just love that. It’s such a brotherly way of saying like, I love you, I need to encourage you in this direction, I’m not gonna hire you.

Dr. John Muchka  06:13

After I spent some time at the Community Hospital, where where I grew up, there was something missing there in it was not having students in residence. It was a small community hospital, and I was used to that resident learning environment. So I decided to go back to a different teaching hospital within Froedtert and Medical college, it’s in Menomonee Falls, which is a suburb of Milwaukee. So I’ve been there the last nine years. I’m a Clinical Pharmacist there, I’m also the residency program director, we’ve got three residents, that’s one of the highlights of my day to day is watching them and mentoring them. And those aha moments that they have along the way, when when they come in, and they’re so green in July, and then at this point in the year now, I mean, they’re looking for jobs, I’m trying to open up my network to them, and just the growth that you see in those, that short period is amazing. So that’s where I currently am and who knows where the future is gonna take me. Digging what I’m doing right now.

Tim Ulbrich  07:15

Well, let’s talk about the Pharm to Tables organization that you started, I will link to the website in the show notes Pharmtotables.org. Tell us about the purpose of that nonprofit organization that you started. Sure.

Dr. John Muchka  07:29

So the purpose is, I mean, food insecurity is a problem everywhere. And I’ll get into the backstory of it, probably in a little bit here. But you notice that social determinants of health are a big, they have a big impact on overall community health. And I wanted to do something to increase food accessibility to people and not only my community, but the surrounding communities. So we had the idea when when I was in pharmacy school at South University. Part of our curriculum was servant leadership and we had a list of things that we could do. And being naive when I moved out there having only known Madison for the last five years. I just picked a picked a place that was relatively close to my pharmacy school that I could ride my bike to. And I was looking for the most inexpensive apartments to live in. No surprise after I got there, I mean, it was in a lower socioeconomic neighborhood, which I was fine with. But I picked one of the locations it was called the Savannah Baptist Center. And what they did there was mentored kids in the community. It was an after school program. They had a food pantry there and they also had a clothes closet. Miss Alice White was the lady that ran that she ran a pretty tight ship. And she wouldn’t give you access to the after school mentorship program until you earned your keep so for the first few months, I worked in the food pantry in the clothes closet. I made my desires known that I wanted to be with the kids after school, I wanted to mentor them. Some of those kids didn’t have a positive male influence in their life. And I thought I could be that. So after a few months, she gave me permission to start hanging out with the kids after school. I started doing it I think we were we were mandated to go twice a month. I started going two times a week, three times a week because I really enjoyed the work that we did there. And one thing that we did was provided a meal for them before they went home. And I didn’t really think too much about that. Until I started talking to the kids. There were two brothers that I was very close with. They loved basketball and if anyone’s been to Savannah, there’s a big park called Forsyth Park in downtown that that always has games running from sunup to sundown some very competitive games and these two kids were really good at it and I said why do you guys come here after school when you could go to Forsyth and and play  with some really good competition and the answer is what it was the reason why I started Pharm to Tables, they said, if we didn’t come here, we wouldn’t eat dinner. And when I heard that, I mean, you could have probably seen my heartbreak in front of these kids. And I knew that I had to do something. I didn’t know what it was yet. But that night, I went home and I talked to my wife and I said, Lindsey, we need to do something that I told her the story. And she’s like, let’s, let’s do it. Not sure what we’re going to do yet. But, but let’s do it. So I had her support. And that was, that was the dawn of Pharm to Tables, I still didn’t really know what I was doing. But that was the origin of why, why to get it started. Because food insecurity is a problem everywhere, not only in urban areas, but also in rural areas, there’s food deserts everywhere. And if we can do something to generate food and or money to help give access to these people who need it, we’re going to improve community health.

Tim Ulbrich  10:55

And I love that that started with a project right as part of the curriculum that led to a service opportunity, which led to an awareness of a problem, but then ultimately, you decided to take action. And you know, it’s one idea, one thing to have an idea, it’s another thing to take action. And I think especially when you think about starting a nonprofit organization, you know, there are a lot of hoops to jump through, there can be a lot of doubts that come up, even people that are probably like, John, what, what are you doing? There’s lots of resources that already exist, like, why are you trying to solve this problem? Maybe you had some that maybe you didn’t, but moving past that idea to actually execute on that idea is two totally different things. And I think that step is so important, not knowing exactly where it will go. And we’ll talk about kind of the future direction and where things are at today. But tell us about that early decision to actually get started. And what some of those initial steps were that you took.

Dr. John Muchka  11:47

Absolutely, yeah, that’s the biggest step going from idea to actually getting, getting it something tangible to something. And it took it took a long while. So I had the idea, but I was still finishing pharmacy school, and then I was doing my residency. And there were there were a lot of times where I thought, you know, let’s just scrap this idea. It’s a lot of work, I don’t really know what I’m doing yet. I want to just get through my residency, I want to be a pharmacist, I want to help people in that way. But I think I shared this with you in our in our meeting before but you know, you have you have an idea that just won’t go away. As you’re laying in bed and you can’t fall asleep. And that’s the one that’s the thought that comes back in your mind. So whether it was a calling or whatever it was, it was it was just something that wouldn’t go away. So it was time to take action on it. And again, having not having a lot of experience in nonprofits. Thankfully, my wife when we lived in Savannah, she worked for the United Way. And she had some resources and some experience on how to how to start. So I talked to some of her colleagues there and I just started started the paperwork, I didn’t really again know exactly the direction was going to go. But I knew I wanted to do something revolving around food insecurity, and tie that into the pharmacy profession and how we can we can help out. So I formed a board and thankfully, my college roommate from Madison is an attorney. So he helped me out with some of the legal paperwork and filling out those 501C3 national paperwork documents, that’s no joke, and then the articles of incorporation and your bylaws and all the stuff that we had to create before we could do anything before we were acknowledged as a 501 C three that timeline probably took close to a year to get the board set to get all the all the documentation in order and filed. And then we got it we got our employee ID number and we were a 501C3. So at this point, I’m very jacked. I’m ready to take over the world here. problems, though, the first thing I did was go to pharmacy leaders and mentors that I had to pitch my idea to do my elevator speech to them. And I thought it was gonna be I thought it was going to be acceptance across the board, but it wasn’t. There were barriers there. And it was, as you mentioned earlier, like Hey, John, it’s a good idea. But what do I mean what are you doing? You can allocate resources to other nonprofits to help with this and I really had the vision of trying to tie it to the pharmacy professional not not only pharmacy but the healthcare profession. Yeah. So it was a little rocky in the beginning when you hear no from people that you thought you’re gonna hear yes from you had to pivot a little bit and just keep on going and finding the people that that do support the mission that you believe in and found some pharmacy leaders and mentors of mine that were all in and said Great idea. Let’s let’s go How can I help and once you hear how can I help? Then you can definitely start leveraging those relationships and they open their networks to you and talk to other like minded people. And then it started taking off but I didn’t really know where to start with with the food or fund raising abilities. So I started with the pharmacy schools in the state. And I wanted to get students involved in, in servant leadership and giving back to their communities. And once you start that early on, they carry that throughout their their profession, professional career. So I met with the deans of pharmacy, and they were on board. And we had our first what we call the Pharmacy Food Fight. And it’s a competition on who can raise the most food and money. And it was over a week. And I mean, the beginnings were a little meager, I think, I think the first checks that I distributed to the meal programs that we support was $500 each, which I thought was great, I thought when I was over the moon about it. And then the next year, it started to grow. And people were aware of Pharm to Tables, and we got some name recognition. And then we started getting the alumni of those pharmacy schools involved. And that’s when it really started to take off. We also contacted the state organization, so pharmacy society, Wisconsin was an early adopter. And they allowed me to come and give presentations on servant leadership at their annual and summer meetings and have food drives at the actual meetings. So people would come in, bring their non perishable food item, we had options for them to donate online for what we were doing. And that gave me the platform to talk to other pharmacy leaders across the state and get buy in from them. We also have a food drive in October during pharmacy week that spans the state of Wisconsin. All the health systems in the state were involved one way or another. And I think we had about 35 sites that had food drives on their sites, whether it was a community pharmacy, a hospital, pharmacy, the clinics. And we keep all the food that’s donated local to where it where it was donated from. So I help connect the pharmacies or health systems that are not in my immediate area or geographic region, I help connect them to other food pantries that are near them and help build those relationships. So hopefully it continues for years to come.

Tim Ulbrich  17:11

One of the things I was struck by John and what you just shared is, is how critical of a pivot point that mentor mentors plural, really asking the question how I can help, right, because I think one of the questions I like to ask people when they’re beaten up an idea is that we say tell me more. Tell me more, tell me more. And the purpose of that is I don’t know intuitively what they may or may not know, intuitively, but I can help them process by asking questions. And certainly, if there’s an opportunity to help, how can I help, right? And what I heard there was, wow, like now there’s opportunities for networking relationships, and a natural answer to that question is, well, you can help by, you know, making an introduction here or connecting with a health system or connecting with a state organization or connecting with a college. And I would presume that led to the expansion of the work that you’ve been doing, which now is not only in the state of Wisconsin, but you also have expanded outward as well,

Dr. John Muchka  18:05

Right. Yep, we’re in four states now, hopefully adding a fifth this year. And that’s been working with the state organizations. So Sarah Sorum, who is the President at PSW introduced me to Kate Gainer, the Iowa pharmacy, resident, and they loved the idea. So they started doing something in Iowa every year. And then Kate gave me another connection with Anthony Pudlow, who is now in Tennessee, he was an Iowa, they’ve adopted it in Tennessee as well. So I mean, just meeting, just having those connections in the state organizations has really allowed us to, to expand out of the state of Wisconsin and try to do good work, not only in the Midwest, but hopefully, the plan is to expand it further as years to come. 

Tim Ulbrich  18:55

For those that are listening, if you have a connection with a state association, executive, college of pharmacy that you think might be interested, reach out to John directly, we’ll provide some contact information in the show notes reach out to us, we’ll help make a connection there as well. John, help our listeners understand the model. If I if I understand it correctly, you are facilitating donations, food drives, other types of efforts that then tie into other efforts and organizations that are already established as boots on the ground to provide food in addressing some of the food insecurity is that is that correct? 

Dr. John Muchka  19:30

that’s absolutely correct. So I don’t know if the term umbrella organization is the right term but so we utilize the Pharm to Tables name and try to leverage that with the with the pharmacy profession. But we vet meal programs and food pantries, so we raise money and and non perishables and allocate them to food pantries in our area. But for the model outside of the state, they’re using the name recognition of Pharm to Tables and I help make connections with those local food pantries and meal  programs. But there’s usually a site champion that that will handle the actual day to day or week food drive that they have and be in connection with those meal programs. So we do have the availability to donate online. Most of those online donations go directly to the Wisconsin organization. So the outside out of state meal programs, they usually have a site champion that they’ll donate actual money to. And then they allocate that money to the meal program. So it doesn’t go through the Pharm to Tables website for out of state solicitations based on different solicitation laws for others.

Tim Ulbrich  20:44

One of those lessons that your attorney roommate helped you navigate, right?

Dr. John Muchka  20:49

That’s exactly right. I didn’t realize how, how different some of those solicitation laws are from state to state. So to keep everything clean, if it is in another state, we usually allocate a state champion to raise the money and then that money will go directly to whatever meal program or food pantry they desire.

Tim Ulbrich  21:08

What I really liked about the model, what you’ve built, John, is it layers on you use the term umbrella organization whether or not you know that that’s necessarily a correct term, I’m following what you mean by that which it layers on the existing infrastructure, and organizations that already exist in alignment with the purpose that you have, but elevates the awareness of the need to other individuals that perhaps you’re looking for an opportunity to give that may not necessarily already be plugged in with that organization, rather than replicating the work of other organizations. It’s really helping elevate and support the work that’s already been done, which is great. I think that’s, that’s an awesome model for folks to think about. So if I’m following John correctly, essentially, there’s, when it comes to how your organization supports efforts, there’s monetary donations that folks can make directly, as well as donations of goods. And that often happens through some of the drives and other things that you’re doing. Is that correct? 

Dr. John Muchka  22:01

That is absolutely correct. Yep. So I know, in the state here we have we have fundraising events. In Wisconsin, we have two major fundraising events that we raised the bulk of the monetary donations through. But most of the offset or the out of state, run things are mostly food donations. There is the monetary donations that that again, go to that site champion, but we want to make sure that all the donations stay local for more they can. It’s 100%, volunteer organization, so any of the money that comes in is going to go back out. It’s a it’s a passion project and not making any profit. Sure. But it’s something that fills my tank and and keeps me going and when once see the impact, or when you give that check to the food pantry, or you drop off a trailer full of food to a food pantry, just just seeing the results of that. And when they say this is going to make such a difference, and they actually mean it. That’s what keeps me going and wants you to do more. I mean, I know when you’re a kid, everyone says you know, it’s better to give than to receive. And that’s absolutely true. I mean, makes you feel good. It fills the tank, it gives you more purpose of what you’re doing here. So it’s something that it’s been a lot of work to get going. But it’s been worth every hour that I put into it, just seeing the impact that has had on my community and seeing it grow and people buying in on the regional has been amazing.

Tim Ulbrich  23:37

Well, we’ve got 140 plus colleges of pharmacy now out there. So no excuse we should have all 140 plus colleges that are involved, I’d love to see a national right kind of food food competition supporting what you’re doing with Pharm to Tables. As you look back on getting the nonprofit off the ground and all of the work that you did to go from idea to executing on that idea to obviously the growth and to getting the buy in and to now actually raising raising funds and having the impact that you’re having. Are there one or two things that stand out to you as lessons learned along the way, you know, as you as you implemented the work and the efforts that you’re doing at Pharm to Tables,

Dr. John Muchka  24:16

I think I think the biggest is people are innately good and want to help. We just need to find the ones that are like minded and want to do it. A lot of people want to give but like you had mentioned before, maybe they don’t know what platform they want to do that on, but giving them an opportunity to give and get that get that feeling that that you get when you give. That was the probably the biggest lesson is people want to help. They just want they need to find a reason or how to do it a way to do it. Another thing that I learned was it’s not easy. Nothing’s easy, right? I mean, there’s going to be barriers along the way and it would have been easy just to hang it up and say yeah, I had this idea but nothing really came of it. But to have the vision and the foresight to say this could be something that could make a big difference in a lot of people’s lives. And just to keep going, I mean, no doesn’t mean No, it means not right now. And I live by that. I mean, a lot of people say no, and I take that as Okay, that’s a no, no, but not stop doing.

Tim Ulbrich  25:24

Yeah. Love the resilience of that. I think it’s it’s certainly good advice, as you think out into the future, John, let’s say 5, 10 years, and you know, that next evolution that next phase of the Pharm to Tables, what what does success look like? What does growth look like for the organization?

Dr. John Muchka  25:43

I think that success and growth are going to be hand in hand here. And our goal as the board is to add an additional state every year. Whether it’s one school of pharmacy, or one health system that wants to do something. So leveraging all of our combined networks to find the people that want to give and want to help and are in the position, maybe to pitch it to their board or pitch it to their school of pharmacy. That’s the plan. It’s, it’s, it’s growing a little faster than I had anticipated, which is there’s some logistical things that that we need to to button up. But I mean, it’s great just seeing how this thing is taken off. So just giving people that opportunity in that platform to make a difference and to give in, as pharmacists, I mean, that’s why we signed up for this thing to help people. And that can look a lot of different ways. It can be at the bedside, it could be in the community when you’re consulting or giving medical advice to someone. But this is just another avenue for us to to help our communities to improve community health. And I think that’s success right there. I mean, any little bit we can do to maybe make it a little easier on somebody in our community where then they might be able to afford their prescription instead of making a decision between feeding their families or, or buying their their chronic medication. I mean, that could make a world of difference, not only for their families, but for their individual health.

Tim Ulbrich  27:17

Yeah, and I think one thing that struck me, John, is you’re just talking, as you know, we know that there’s a lot of burnout that’s happening in among healthcare professionals among pharmacists. And, you know, I think, going back to some of the roots of hey, why don’t we get started in the profession of pharmacy. And I think being involved in philanthropic efforts being involved in giving activities, whether that’s monetarily, whether that’s your time, whether that’s both, I think that can be an important antidote to some of the burnout and other things that folks may be experiencing. And again, going back to the days when we were all in pharmacy school, even if that was 15, 20 years ago of hey, what why was I so excited and passionate about this project, this effort? You know, this initiative? John, as we wrap up here, what is the best way that our listeners can learn more about the work that you’re doing, to stay up to date with the work that you’re doing, potentially get involved, whether that be financially or make a connection, what what would be the best way for our listeners to do that?

Dr. John Muchka  28:11

The best way would probably be to visit our website to see what we’re doing. Or you can contact me directly and Tim, I can give you my contact information for people to contact but talk to your, your fellow pharmacists, talk to your families, talk to your community and see, hey, is this something that we want to do. It’s not a ton of work to put on a food drive or or do a fundraising activity to help your communities and I can definitely help guide them through those steps on how to do it. Because it was trial and error for me when I first started and I definitely learned some key things along the way on what makes them maybe more successful and gets buy in from from the people that they’re looking for. So start with the website, contact me individually, I would love to have a conversation about ways that we can help our community and hopefully help end food insecurity in the community that I’m in and the community that all the listeners are in.

Tim Ulbrich  29:09

So again, we’ll link to the website pharmtotables.org in the shownotes will also link to John, share your contact information. Thanks for giving that information out. I love what you have built love what you’re working on. When you shared with me a couple months ago, how you got started, the story behind getting started, how you took that step from idea to ultimately getting off the ground and now to see the growth  of that, have a lot of respect and admiration for what you’re doing there. So thank you so much for coming on the show to take time to share your journey. 

Dr. John Muchka  29:37

It was a pleasure. Anytime, Tim.

Tim Ulbrich  29:39

Thank you. 

Tim Ulbrich  29:42

Before we wrap up today’s show, I want to again thank this week’s sponsor of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast, First Horizon. We’re glad to have found a solution for pharmacists that are unable to save 20% for a down payment on a home. A lot of pharmacists in the YFP community have taken advantage of First Horizon’s Pharmacists Home Loan, which requires a 3% downpayment for a single family home or townhome for first time homebuyers and has no PMI on a 30 year fixed rate mortgage. To learn more about the requirements for First Horizon’s Pharmacist Home Loan, and to get started with the pre-approval process, you can visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. 

Tim Ulbrich  30:25

DISCLAIMER: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. Furthermore, the information contained in our archive newsletters, blog posts and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist unless otherwise noted and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward looking statements, which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 361: 4 Timely Questions for Homebuyers


Tony Umholtz, Senior Vice President of Mortgage Banking at First Horizon, returns to discuss four questions prospective home buyers should consider. This episode is brought to you by First Horizon.

Episode Summary

Tony Umholtz, Senior Vice President of Mortgage Banking at First Horizon returns to discuss four questions that prospective home buyers must answer including buy now versus wait, rules of thumb lenders are using to determine lending limits, the potential impact of the recent settlement from the National Association of Realtors, and the current state of how student loan payments are being factored into the lending calculations. 

About Today’s Guest

Tony Umholtz is the Senior VP of Mortgage Banking at First Horizon. He graduated Cum Laude from the University of South Florida with a B.S. in Finance from the Muma College of Business. He then went on to complete his MBA. While at USF, Tony was part of the inaugural football team in 1997. He earned both Academic and AP All-American Honors during his collegiate career. After college, Tony had the opportunity to sign contracts with several NFL teams including the Tennessee Titans, New York Giants, and the New England Patriots. Being active in the community is also important to Tony. He has served or serves as a board member for several charitable and non-profit organizations including board member for the Salvation Army, FCA Tampa Bay, and the USF National Alumni Association. Having orchestrated over $1.1 billion in lending volume during his career, Tony has consistently been ranked as one of the top mortgage loan officers in the industry by the Scotsman’s Guide, Mortgage Executive magazine, and Mortgage Originator magazine.

Key Points from the Episode

  • Housing market trends and timely questions for homebuyers with expert insights. [0:00]
  • Housing market trends, including shifts towards a buyer’s market with more inventory and lower interest rates. [4:10]
  • Home purchase decision-making, lending rules, and interest rates. [9:56]
  • Real estate industry changes and their impact on homebuyers. [14:18]
  • Real estate industry disruption, student loan debt, and lender perspectives. [20:46]
  • Student loan repayment options and their impact on debt-to-income ratio, with a focus on income-driven repayment [25:04]
  • Mortgage options for pharmacists with 3-5% down payment. [30:21]

Episode Highlights

“We’re seeing we’re seeing more inventory, more availability for buyers, that wasn’t there in the past. And I think that’s part of normalization. We’re still not completely normal. But we are getting closer.” – Tony Umholtz [4:07]

“I’ve always believed in 22 years in this industry, if someone’s going to be in an area for five years or more, when you look at the alternative of renting versus owning, I think it makes sense to own no matter what the environment. Rents go up over time. You don’t build equity. But with buying, you’re going to come out ahead in five years even if values are zero appreciation, right? You’re going to benefit by owning that home even if there’s no appreciation.” Tony Umholtz [6:55]

“Looking at the housing market, and maybe outside of COVID, it’s always kind of been better to buy a home when the markets are down. When everyone’s buying, then you’re competing with everyone and you just don’t get as good of a deal. I looked at that in my own life – when I buy, it seems like when things were slower in the market; I always did better versus when everyone’s looking.” – Tony Umholtz [11:20]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich  00:00

Hey everybody, Tim Ulbrich here and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast where each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. This week I welcome Tony Umholtz back on to the show as Senior Vice President of Mortgage Banking at First Horizon. On today’s show, we discuss four timely questions that prospective homebuyers must answer, including whether to buy now versus wait, rules of thumb that lenders are using to determine the lending limits, the potential impact of the recent settlement from the National Association of Realtors, and the current state of how student loan payments are being factored into the lending calculations. If you’re in the market to buy a home in 2024, we’ve got a good one for you this week. All right, let’s hear from today’s sponsor First Horizon, and then we’ll jump into the show.

Tim Ulbrich  00:48

 Does saving 20% for a down payment on a home feel like an uphill battle? It’s no secret that pharmacists have a lot of competing financial priorities, including high student loan debt, meaning that saving 20% for a down payment on a home may take years. For several years now we’ve been partnering with First Horizon who offers a professional home loan option AKA a doctor or pharmacist loan that requires a 3% downpayment for single family home or townhome for first time homebuyers, has no PMI and offers a 30 year fixed rate mortgage on home loans up to $766,550 in most areas. The pharmacist home loan is available in all states except Alaska and Hawaii, and can be used to purchase condos as well, however, rates may be higher and a condo review has to be completed. While I’ve personally worked with First Horizon before and had a great experience with Tony and his team, don’t just take it from me. Here’s what Payton from Tyler, Texas had to say about his experience with First Horizon: “Aaron, Cindy and Marilyn were very easy to work with. As a first- time homebuyer, I shopped around for lenders at the onset of the process. Aaron was always very quick to reply and provide me with any details I requested in order to move forward in my decision to select a lender. Once I selected First Horizon, Marilyn and Cindy did a great job of keeping my wife and I informed of the process. Closing was a breeze yesterday at the title office and I sincerely appreciate the team going above and beyond to keep my interest rate locked, despite extending closing due to negotiations with the seller. I’ve already shared my positive experience with many pharmacist-only groups. And I look forward to my brother, also a pharmacist, refinancing with you guys when he decides to do so. To check out the requirements for First Horizon’s pharmacists home loan and to start the pre- approval process, visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. 

Tim Ulbrich  00:48

Tony, welcome back to the show.

Tony Umholtz  02:43

Hey, Tim, good to see you. Thanks for having me.

Tim Ulbrich  02:46

Always appreciate having your perspective and expertise to bring to our listeners that are potentially in the in the market for buying a house and we had you last on the podcast earlier in the spring episode 348. We discussed 2024 housing market trends. Today we’re going to continue that discussion knowing that this market is fluid, shifting, moving rapidly. And specifically we’re gonna talk about four timely questions that we think homebuyers must answer. But before we get into that, Tony, what’s the latest that you’re seeing in terms of trends out there in the market at the time of recording this end of May 2024? I know you mentioned to me before we hit record some interesting trends on inventory, maybe some levels building in certain markets, what would love to hear your perspective?

Tony Umholtz  03:30

Sure, sure. So times have changed a bit. If we look back from two years ago till now, you know, this these interest rates, the Fed has been on this mission to to quiet inflation, right? We gotta gotta get inflation down. It’s been a very tough environment for when it comes to inflation the last couple of years. And the good news is, is starting, we’re starting to see some things happen. And one thing that’s been building in different parts of the country now every part of the country can vary. But in Tampa Bay, for example, in Florida, we’ve seen a lot of inventory growth a lot of other parts of the country have too – Austin, Texas, I know is building inventory. So we’re seeing we’re seeing more inventory, more availability for buyers, that wasn’t there in the past. And I think, you know, that’s part of a normalization. We’re still not completely normal. But we are getting closer. So we’re getting closer.

Tim Ulbrich  04:25

Yeah, I feel it feels like there’s some slight shifts happening to be more buyer friendly. You know, we were just talking before the episode, you shared a story from your team of some negotiations happening where, you know, there were some concessions and things from a seller that maybe we wouldn’t have saw, you know, six months ago or 12 months ago and again, to your point every market is different. We need more inventory here in Columbus, Ohio for sure, there’s a lot of demand so everyone’s market is different, but it does feel like we’re starting to see some shifts where you know the the markets becoming a little bit more friendly to the buyer. I know for those that are searching, it probably does not feel like that right now. But, you know, be patient and we’re obviously anxiously waiting to see what happens with interest rates as well.

Tony Umholtz  05:08

Yes, I’m definitely seeing a shift, it’s becoming much more of a buyers market. Repairs are being, you know, concessions are being made or, you know, like we had talked about the sellers are willing to do some of this work to the home where they weren’t before when, when these inspections come back, and there’s little things, they’re willing to make those those those repairs now where they weren’t in the past. So some definitely some positive trends for buyers.

Tim Ulbrich  05:34

So again, we’re gonna talk through four timely questions that homebuyers must answer. Again, we’re recording here at the end of May 2024. So Tony, question number one, I think one that many people are waiting and thinking about is, you know, should I buy now? Should I wait until interest rates drop? We discussed that in a previous episode. I think this provides an interesting question because supply and demand, when rates come down, in theory, when I’m more people that are into the market searching for home, we did see rates tick down a little bit here in the last week. So what what are your thoughts on some of the trends that are happening around interest rates? And this decision of hey, buy now versus wait?

Tony Umholtz  06:11

Yeah, there’s a lot that goes into that, Tim, is a great, great question. I think, you know, the first thing we would want to talk about is, everyone’s situation is different, right? I’ve always believed in 22 years in this industry, like if someone’s going to be in an area for five years or more, when you look at the alternative, renting, right, versus owning, I think it makes sense to own if you’re in a five year span, no matter what the environment, right? I think it because it just rents go up over time, right? You don’t build equity, even if value stayed the same, you’re going to come out ahead and five years if values are zero, right? Zero appreciation, right? So you’re going to benefit by by owning that home, even if there’s no appreciation. So I think that’d be the first thing I’d say, like it’s up to the individual. But if you’re renting and that’s the alternative, and you’re gonna see escalating rents, because rents are still going up every year, I think, I think owning is the way to go. As far as like timing the market, which is always hard to do, there’s pros and cons right now. I think inventory is building is becoming more favorable, like we discussed, interest rates have come down slightly, you know, with interest rates, I’ll give you give you guys my thoughts on this. And again, I you know, this is just all these multiple sources that I monitor. And, and, you know, there’s some, there’s a couple of different thoughts here. So number one, we’re starting to see different consumers, different spectrums really being affected. Those in the lower income earners, it’s really starting to, you’re seeing credit card debt multiply, interest rates on credit card debt has gone up, there’s a segment of the population that’s really struggling, really struggling financially. We’re starting to see more defaults on car payments, not as much on mortgages, but on car payments, we are in some other different retail items. So that tells you that that could drag on the economy. So that’s one end of the spectrum. The other the other end of the spectrum is, we have a lot of people like baby boomers, for example, no debt, right. So they’re not dealing with any credit cards, their incomes slightly rising. We have financial markets have gone up. Stock bond market has risen. We’ve got high yields on CDs and treasury bonds. So they’re able to spend and they’re spending a lot, right. So we’ve got one segment of population doing really well and another not. So it’s just how long is that going to drag on the economy, and we’re seeing businesses start pulling back a little bit. So that being said, that’s all things that line up with interest rates falling, it really does, because we are seeing this gradual slowdown. Rates came down the past two weeks, because we got some got a really pretty bad number on retail sales. And those things kind of are showing the slowdown. That being said, commodity prices are going up. And what does that tell us, Tim? That tells us that that’s an inflationary sign, right? So it’s a mixed bag right now, it’s hard to say rates are gonna go straight down. It’s really tough. So I wouldn’t say we can’t completely bank on lower rates. We definitely are slowing and there’s probably an outlook that rates could be lower in the future. But we don’t always know for sure, right? There is some signal saying higher rates could be, this could be the new normal for a while. So when we’re making a home buying decision, we wouldn’t want to just say hey, rates are going to be lower in a year. That’s my buying. It’s got to say does this fit my lifestyle now? Is my alternative renting, you know, if I’m living rent free with family, and it’s not a problem to be in the you know, living with family, might be okay, but if you’re renting, and you know, you’re going to be in that area for more than five years, that’s where I think buying makes sense no matter what the market is.

Tim Ulbrich  09:55

Yeah, I’m glad you said that, Tony, because I feel like when there’s so much news coming at us as there has been with market conditions rates, will they drop? When will they drop inflation, etc, we tend to run the risk of getting down these rabbit holes that drive our decision making. And they’re important information we’ve got to consider. But we got to step back and look at the bigger picture. Where does the home purchase fit within the context of the rest of the financial plan? And if we think about this as a decision tree, from there, yes or no? Okay, how are the market conditions impacting our ability to buy a home? And what does that do in terms of purchase price, financing options, all those things, and sometimes we work bottom up, when we really need to start with those bigger questions.

Tony Umholtz  10:37

I have one more thing I’ll add just it just kind of piggyback’s on Warren Buffett, right. And, you know, you want to go against the grain on investments and in life. And a lot of ways, you know, he I think is his quote was, “I buy when there’s blood in the streets,” is when he buys stocks, right? When things were really bad. And, you know, when there’s euphoria he sells. So you kind of look at the housing market, and I’ve looked at that over the years, and maybe outside of COVID, just just what happened in COVID. It’s always kind of been when the markets down, it’s kind of a down year, I think it’s always been a better time to buy historically, in real estate too you know, when everyone’s buying, then you’re competing with everyone is just don’t get as good of a deal. So I just kind of looked at that in my own life, when I buy it seems like when things were slower in the market, I always did better, you know, versus when everyone’s looking.

Tim Ulbrich  11:32

Yeah, and I have a feeling time will tell, but I have a feeling. you know, maybe this time next year, maybe sooner, maybe a little bit later, we’re you and I are gonna be talking about, you know, an important topic around refinancing that we haven’t talked about in a long time on the show, because it just hasn’t made a whole lot of sense. So you know, what more to come in in the future. But if obviously, if we see rates drop, there’s going to be a big interest in the market out there from from a refinance perspective. Great stuff. Okay. So that was the first question, is it worth waiting to buy until interest rates drop? So by now versus wait? Second question is around some of the rules of thumb that lenders are using from a pre approval process and determining the amount of home that one can afford, one can purchase and Tony just given the rise in home prices, given the rise in interest rates, obviously driving up monthly payments, you know, pharmacist incomes have gone up, but they haven’t gone up that much. And so I have a feeling that, you know, we’re seeing the impact of home prices, and interest rates have an impact on their debt to income ratios, which are important from a lending perspective. So what are the rules of thumb? Is the 28-36 rule still relevant? What are lenders using now?

Tony Umholtz  12:41

You know, it’s it is irrelevant to some degree. But actually, the back end ratio, the 36%, is actually 43%. So, it depends on the product too. So like the product, you know, with less than 20% down, you’re typically going to have to stay at that 43% threshold. So that means your total debts, new mortgage included, car payments, student loans, the total debts cannot be more than 43% of your gross income. So it’s important remember, it’s gross income, it’s not net income, okay. So if you’re earnings of $10,000 a month, gross, your total obligations per month can be $4300. Okay, simple, simple math there. Now, if you’re going to bring more money to the table, like 20%, down, you can often get approved higher, so up to 49%, maybe even 50% in some cases. FHA loans, we can get even higher, sometimes it’s interesting. So, but those are different LTVs, typically more larger down payments are gonna give you more flexibility on the on the debt to income ratio. And that’s what again, that’s what we are approving you for as a lender and it with the lending community can approve you for that doesn’t necessarily mean it’s the right thing for me.

Tim Ulbrich  13:56

Yeah, great, great point. And so we’ve seen that kind of bump up in over time. And again, to your point, every product is different. So so no general rule of thumb. But the example there’s a good one, right? Remember, it’s gross income. So if someone’s earning $10,000 per year, you mentioned that that 36, shifting to 43. So that would be all debts $4300, right or less of the 10,000. Now, just to add on to that a little bit in this market, Tony and I’m specifically thinking of existing homeowners that are looking to move or make a purchase that are trying to get themselves in a position where maybe they don’t have to make a contingent offer, right? So hey, can I get a second loan, you know, even if they’re not going to carry that loan for a long period of time, but wanting to be able to make an offer on a home without a contingency on the sale of their current home. Just talk to us about how that impacts in that point, you then would have two mortgages, right that are going into that 43% equation.

Tony Umholtz  14:48

That’s right. So any liabilities you add, so like for example, what’s popular is a home equity line of credit. If you still own your home and you’re trying to buy a new home without selling your current home. Well, that home equity line of credit has to be counted in your debt to income ratio going forward. And it’s a popular strategy. It’s almost like a bridge loan. We have some clients that are trying to do a few repairs to their home, but want to buy this other house. And they they need to bridge that equity over for the down payment. Now, that new home equity line, for example, would count in their debt to income ratio or cash out refinance. We do cash out refinances as well, where because those rates are lower than home equity lines generally. And let’s say we pull $100,000 out that new mortgage payment would be calculated, and your debt to income ratio, so any new loans you take are calculated, and your debt to income ratio.

Tim Ulbrich  15:39

Awesome. Great stuff there. So third question, I want to talk a little bit about maybe somewhat nebulous, NAR settlement and what’s going on there, and probably more questions, and maybe we have answers at this point in time. And we had Nate Hedrick on the show early in April. Nate’s a pharmacist, real estate agent, Episode 353, we’ll link to that in the show notes, to talk about his perspective as an agent on the NAR settlement. So we don’t necessarily need to go into all of the details on the settlement, as we’ve discussed that before. But Tony would love to get your perspective as a mortgage officer, what what exactly is going on here with the settlement? And how may this impact or not impact those that are currently or soon to be in the market as a homebuyer? 

Tony Umholtz  16:22

It’s, you know, it’s a moving target to some degree. It’s, you know, from, from our perspective, as lenders, I know, any other thing I just like to address -we don’t know all the details yet. And I think we have to look at the different regional MLS’s too. I think there could be some regional impacts and ways of doing business that could could change, it may not be a universal thing is what I’m saying. Different areas may adopt different rules. But just in my communications with with real estate agents that we’ve worked with. And, you know, clearly the big thing is going to be, I think it’s going to narrow the amount of realtors that are out there. I think to some degree, I think the more established agents will be still be in the markets and still do well and probably will do better. For a lot of the newer agents that may not have as big of a following or book business may not make it, right. My concern too, is there are going to be some areas where the buyers may not be able to afford to pay the buyer’s agents. So I think I think what it’s going to do is it’s going to professionalize a lot of things. I think, buyers. First of all, I want to say this, I’ve worked with real estate agents for over 20 years. And they some of them work extremely hard. It’s a very tough occupation, when you talk about driving people to maybe 20 houses, negotiations. I mean, even this weekend, I had an agent call us and they were making an offer on a really competitive house, this one was priced really well to sell. And like, you know, they’re still going up against multiple offers, they’ve been working with these buyers for months. I mean, it’s it’s a challenging occupation. And this doesn’t make it any easier to some degree. But I think having a buyer’s agreement with that agent, so when you select an agent that can help you, because there’s a lot of value add that agents bring, you know, just in my view, we all have the internet, we all can search for properties. But when we’re new to an area, we don’t know everything about the neighborhoods, we don’t know the history of the neighborhoods, the history of that area. Was it built on an old Waste Management facility? I mean, there’s so much that goes into this, what kind of schools are here? What’s the history of these schools? What’s, what’s the history of this part of town? Is this area going to appreciate? Is it a growing part of town? Or is it a time, there’s so many aspects that agents do bring value? So I think, getting off on a tangent, but I guess what I’m getting at here is you want people to be served have the ability to be served by agents, right. And you don’t want to eliminate that. So they’re all going to have to sign some sort of buyer’s agreement. And there will be a commission involved. And that commission will either be paid by the buyer themselves directly or could still be negotiated with the seller. And I do think especially as we pivot into this buyer’s market, that more sellers are going to be willing to pay that. And it may not be advertised that way. But I think they’re going to be able to negotiate that in so the sellers, essentially still paying it. Yeah, but if the buyer does pay it out of their pocket, they’re probably still getting a little lower sales price. So in the end, I think the consumer is going to do fine, but it’s really not going to change a whole lot. I think it’s going to change how the business is done. And it may eliminate some of the agents in the industry is what I think could happen. The good news of all this is that Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, right and HUD, basically came out said that if the seller does pay the buyer’s agent commission, it’s not going to impact the allowance for seller concessions. That means is on a on a conventional loan, if you’re putting 5% down and you can normally get 3% in sales concessions, right? That let’s say the buyer agents owed 3% in commission, the seller can still pay that and still pay your 3% concessions, closing costs and prepaids, which was is helpful, I think is a big deal. Because then we’re not having that challenge as well, buyers, because many people take advantage of that, to have their closing costs and prepaids paid. So that’s, that’s kind of where we are, I think we’ll know more by the end of the summer, and we can definitely dive in more. And that’s just kind of my high level, you know, perspective. I’m not an expert in this. But just, you know, that’s kind of what I think could happen. And I’m hopeful that this is a good thing for the industry. And it’s not not a negative thing.

Tim Ulbrich  20:45

Yeah, great summary. And I’m just really curious more than anything to see how this shakes out. You know, if you look at listings right now, it’s business as usual. You know, most listings that I see are in the Columbus area, you know, a list of 3%, two and a half percent, something like that. So that ability to list is something I think we’re going to see that change, and there certainly will be questions and some unknown territory, but how quickly will this evolve? How quickly will the disruption happen? Or not happen? You and I were talking a little bit before the recording about, you know, some of this shifting more on the front end. And having that agreement agreement with the buyer’s agent, especially for the first time homebuyers where that downpayment and coming with cash to the table for down payment closing costs, is so precious, right, that’s hard, hard to do. If there’s more cash that’s needed, from the buyer to pay the agent in a market or historically where that wasn’t happening,  you know, I think that’s going to be an interesting trend to watch watch into the future. But what a lot of questions, you know, I think the example you gave is, was a really good one, have you know, an agent, understanding a local area, understanding the school’s understanding, maybe some of the things that aren’t going to be put on a listing, you know, such as, hey, this was built on an old facility and just going through this process a couple of times, especially if you’re coming from out of the area until you are in the area, living in it every day, where you are actually driving around experiencing it, living life like you normally would, you just can’t know that. You have to rely on, you know, other people that have expertise in the area. But I think it’s also worth saying there that not all agents are created equal from a value standpoint, you know. It’s no different than our industry, in the financial services, where the word financial planner doesn’t necessarily carry a whole lot of weight. As a consumer, you have to really do your homework to say, Hey, what are the credentials this person has? What is the experience? What is the value that they’re charging? Is there a return on investment? And I think, you know, one of the positives of this is really shifting, you know, that pressure, maybe some consolidation in the agent market, to really, you know, for agents to make that case, from a value standpoint. So curious to see what that looks like. Yeah,

Tony Umholtz  22:49

100% agree. It’s, it should professionalize a lot of the industry in a lot of ways.

Tim Ulbrich  22:57

My last question for you, Tony, I know a lot of our listeners are curious about this is related to student loans. You know, it’s it feels like we have to come back and talk about student loans at some point on every episode. Many of our listeners, of course, are facing, you know, significant amounts of student loan debt, especially, especially in that first decade or so of their career. And there’s just changes upon changes related to student loans that have been coming over the last year. And what one of them that’s coming to top of mind for me is with the with the new save repayment plan, that new calculation is going into effect this summer, which is going to have some benefits for most, not all because what’s interesting about that repayment plan is the monthly payment can exceed the standard repayment plan, which isn’t true with all of the other income driven repayment plans. But for most borrowers, I think because of the adjustments to that calculation, where the federal poverty limit multipliers going to be going up, and then the multiplier for graduate undergraduate loans might drive down the monthly payment a little bit as well. In theory, we’re gonna see many people that might have a lower monthly payment on that save plan. And so my question is, we just talked about debt to income ratio, how does that feed into what you’re seeing in terms of how lenders are looking at student loans and just the nuances and how quickly this is changing? And how that feeds into the calculation of what that amount of student loans impacts their overall debt load?

Tony Umholtz  24:27

Yeah, that’s a great question. And it’s, you know, as far as how lenders are viewing the student loans, there’s two two things that I would say are the main factors that we look at, right. So the so when, when a pharmacist or physician is getting out of school, they secure the first job and they have quite a bit of student loans. We see cases you know, across the board but hundreds to hundreds of 1000s of dollars sometimes the the there’s two ways and the main the the way, the best way and what we see the most is we just use the Income Based Repayment repayment number, right? So, a lot of times when we’ll run a credit report for someone that’s newly out of school, it’ll state that they owe all this balance, and there’s a zero payment, right? So because they haven’t started making payments, so when we run a credit bureau through Equifax, TransUnion, and Experian, it’ll come back that way, right, to saying zero is the payment amount. So that’s where these two different avenues go. So number one, if you get the Income Based Payment letter, so let’s say it’s $250,000, is still student loans. And that comes back at $800 a month income based repayment, or $500 a month, that’s what we’re going to use. So it’d be $500 a month on that letter, even though it’s not on the credit bureau. Now, if it’s in deferment, or you’re not repaying it right, then we’re going to use a factor. So in case the product we use for pharmacists is going to be a point 5% factor, okay. So in that case, you’d be looking at a $1250 payment versus $500. So $1250, because it’s half a percent per month, of the total $250. So your your ability, your buying capacity has narrowed if you don’t have that income based repayment. So because that factor is going to is going to provide a larger payment than then the income base. Now, that being said, that factors lower than like an FHA loan, or you know, some other products that are out there, we’re gonna use 1%. Right? Yeah. So so it’s still better than, you know, the other options, but it’s not as good as the income based. So my advice is, once you start working, and you’re on that payment plan, that’s what the lender is going to use, and make sure that they have that information that way they calculate it correctly, because the lenders may turn you down saying, Hey, you owe 250, saying zero, our factor’s 1%, it’s $2500 a month, you can’t qualify for anything. Yeah. So that’s the advice I’d give. I’ve seen that happen quite a bit over the years. So I just, you know, do your homework on what that that income base payment will be. And if it’s better than that factor, which a lot of times it is, that’s what I would, you know, use that to factor into your planning ahead of time.

Tim Ulbrich  27:18

Yeah, Tony, this is a great example, one of many where two parts of the financial plan come together, you know, we’re talking about student loan repayment. And obviously, there’s a whole set of strategy with that. And from a lending perspective, you’re buying a home, what that monthly payment is, and how that feeds into your debt to income ratio very relevant. And one of the common things we talked about is, you know, deferment. In my opinion deferment, there’s still some old advice out there from people that graduated back when I did have like, hey, defer your loans if you can defer your loans, especially during like a postgraduate training period. And the problem with that you’ve highlighted one here, is that for those individuals, that’s going to put us into that, you know, more of that de facto calculation, that most likely is going to be a higher number that contribute to the debt load. The other thing we often talk about is, especially for those that might qualify for something like public service loan forgiveness, deferment, doesn’t allow those to count as qualifying payments. And because the income driven repayment, as the name suggests, is using your income to come up with your monthly payment, even when you’re in a postgraduate training period with a thought might be, hey, I’ve got a lower income, therefore, I need to defer, that calculation might end up, you know, even if you have 150 $250,000, that you might actually have a very low monthly income driven repayment plan, which would be favorable here, but also be favorable, when it comes to something like loan forgiveness payments and those payments counting. So not advice, by any means. But certainly something to think about. And a good example, just have a how these pieces are very much interconnected.

Tony Umholtz  28:48

Absolutely.

Tim Ulbrich  28:49

Tony, if I could put you if I could put a fifth question in front of you, that actually was just thinking about as we’re recording, you know, knowing we’re in this higher interest rate market, I would suspect this is a time period where we’re seeing more ARM products out there that are being promoted. So ARMs, adjustable rate mortgage products, what what are your thoughts and kind of, you know, people looking at those where hey, maybe an ARM product as you’ve been promoted, you know, something, and if something like a 10 or 15 year ARM, even if it’s ammoritized over 30 years with the idea that hey, we’re gonna save a little bit of interest now, but there’s this question in the future. So, you know, when I refinance my home last in 2000, and somewhere around the pandemic, you know, 30 year conventional at high twos, low threes to no brainer, right? Obviously, we’re in a different interest rate market. So just quick thoughts on on kind of ARM products in this market.

Tony Umholtz  29:43

You know, it’s funny, the ARM products, especially right when the Fed took off with their interest rate, rising raises and ARMs had a pretty meaningful spread below the fixed rates. So the only area I see and I’ll give you the pros and cons of ARMs, the only area where I’m writing a good amount of arms are on jumbo mortgages right now, just because those jumbo fixed rates are still higher, more elevated than the ARMs, and it but it’s, it’s compressed a lot. So it used to be like a 1% spread maybe in early, mid 22 and an end of 22-23. It just kept doing this, you know why? Because the Fed kept increasing the short end of the yield curve, right. So that’s where we had this. That’s why we have an inverted yield curve. So what you don’t want to get into too much technicality, but like the two year treasury note today is actually higher than the 10 year and a 30. Year, right. So it’s inverted, short term rates are, are higher than the long term rates, which typically leads means rates are going to come down in the future, right? is typically what that means. But ARMs still makes sense on the higher end loans it possibly could on conventional loans, the only challenges with ARMs, they typically are considered riskier in the eyes of the lender, meaning we want more money down, right. We’re not going to do a three or 5%. The only product we have one product that’ll do 100% ARM for MDs only, MDs and DOs. But outside of that none of the products really make sense unless you put 20% down, so no one has 20% to put down the ARM could make sense. It used to make even more sense. But the yield curve has gotten pumped up so much. And frankly, the fixed rates have come down. The 30 year fixed is getting better on especially on conventional loans. FHA loans are incredibly – the spread on FHA loans are way down. I mean, I think the other day, I mean, I hadn’t seen them down in, you know, pretty far down in the sixes for FHA now, so there is PMI. But anyway, I guess what I’m getting at is, I think there’s better fixed rate options for most people right now, unless they’re higher end loans if that makes sense, but it’s a great question. The ARMs are definitely still viable for larger jumbo loans. And in most markets, that’s over $766. 

Tim Ulbrich  32:09

So you answered my question, I say, hey, what do you define as a jumbo loan for folks that are listening, wondering, so awesome, thank you. Let’s wrap up by talking about the product that you offer at First Horizon for the pharmacist home loan. You know, I think many of our listeners we’ve talked about, hey, some of the challenges potentially of getting into that downpayment, obviously that downpayment amount of getting a conventional 20%, where home prices are today versus five years ago, that’s put further pressure on that, you know, cash for the downpayment. So talk to us about the pharmacist, pharmacist home loan through First Horizon, who it’s for maximum loan amounts, downpayment requirements, and that will point our listeners to more information from there.

Tony Umholtz  32:47

Sure, sure. So the again, the product has been it been a great option for many, and we’ve been really neat to see so many people benefit from it. And it allows if you’re a first time buyer, you can put as little as 3% down. And if you’ve purchased in the past, then or owned a home in the past, it would be 5% down, okay. No PMI. So there’s no mortgage insurance, that’s the real benefit. There’s no prepayment penalty either. So you can refinance in the next couple of years if we see rates dip, like we think could happen. There’s also a minimum credit score, it’s 700 to the minimum credit score hurdle is 700. And the maximum loan amount is $766,500. Is the maximum loan amount. So that’s a quick snapshot of it. And there’s not a hefty amount of reserve requirements. It’s a pretty user friendly loan for most, especially if you’re buying your first home. And we generally have, you know, 30 year fixed options under that product. 

Tim Ulbrich  33:53

So for those that are listening, that are in a higher cost of living area, saying, Hey, I’d love to buy under $766. But I live on the West Coast, I live in the northeast, I live in, you know, the DC/Virginia area, you know, this doesn’t mean there’s not an opportunity to work with First Horizon, Tony mentioned the jumbo loans or other options available when you get to those higher loan amounts. And I think Tony’s we’ve talked about on previous shows a good lender is not going to put one solution towards everyone to take. For your individual solution, what is the best option? Is it the pharmacy some loan? Is it a FHA loan, you know, perhaps a VA loan or other products? So that lender relationship and really determining what the best fit is so important, and we’ve got more information available on the website. If you go to yourfinancialpharmacists.com/home-loan, you can learn more about the first horizon pharmacists home loan product, and from there, we can get you in contact with Tony and the team to learn more. So Tony, as always great stuff. Thanks so much for coming on the show. 

Tony Umholtz  34:50

Hey, thanks for having me. Tim. Always great to be with you here.

Tim Ulbrich  34:52

Thank you. Have a good one.

Tony Umholtz  34:53

You too.

Tim Ulbrich  34:56

Before we wrap up today’s show, I want to again thank this week’s sponsor of Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast First Horizon,. We’re glad to have found a solution for pharmacists that are unable to save 20% for a down payment on a home. A lot of pharmacists and the YFP community have taken advantage of First Horizon’s pharmacist home loan, which requires a 3% downpayment for a single family home or townhome for first time homebuyers, and has no PMI on a 30 year fixed rate mortgage. To learn more about the requirements for First Horizon’s Pharmacist Home LLoan and to get started with the pre approval process, you can visit yourfinancialpharmacists.com/home-loan. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacists.com/home-loan. 

Tim Ulbrich  35:41

As we conclude this week’s podcast and important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding material should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of your financial pharmacists unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward looking statements, which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

 

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 360: Starting a Nonprofit: An Interview w/ Brentsen Wolf, PharmD Founder of RxTeach


Brentsen Wolf, PharmD, Founder and President of the nonprofit RxTeach, shares his journey of starting and leading a nonprofit organization.

Episode Summary

On this episode, Tim Ulbrich connects with industry pharmacist Brentsen Wolf, PharmD about his journey starting RxTeach, a nonprofit organization dedicated to providing scholarships in the areas of advancing preventative medicine education and cancer research. Brentsen discusses the motivations behind starting RxTeach, how he was able to go from idea to getting it off the ground and shares the lessons he learned along the way. He also discusses his thoughts on the future of the organization and the efforts RxTeach is supporting.

About Today’s Guest

Brentsen Wolf graduated with his PharmD from the Southern Illinois University of Edwardsville in 2021. He then completed a 2-year post-doctoral medical affairs fellowship through the Rutgers Pharmaceutical Industry Fellowship Program at Merck. Brentsen currently works as an MSL in thoracic malignancies in the pharmaceutical industry.

Brentsen is the President and Founder of RxTeach, a 501(c)(3) nonprofit organization dedicated to providing scholarships in the areas of advancing preventative medicine education and cancer research. Brentsen has a passion for health and fitness, professional development, and research. You can connect with him via LinkedIn and read all of his articles here.

Key Points from the Episode

  • Pharmacist’s career journey and nonprofit work. [0:00]
  • Nonprofit organization RX Teach, providing educational content for pharmacists and students. [4:32]
  • Preventative medicine and cancer treatment. [9:07]
  • Nonprofit efforts to create educational content and raise funds for scholarships. [13:23]
  • Brentsen Wolf avoids burnout by making nonprofit effort [14:45]
  • Nonprofit formation and legal requirements. [19:48]
  • Nonprofit organization’s mission to provide scholarships for pharmacy students and prevent cancer through education. [24:33]

Episode Highlights

“Starting the non-profit was based on passion. And I think if you can articulate well for yourself, what is actually going to drive you and prevent you from burning out. That’s how you make this decision.” – Brentsen Wolf, PharmD [14:48]

“If you’re thinking about doing something, whether it’s a nonprofit, for profit, blog, side project, whatever it is, there’s never going to be a perfect time.” – Brentsen Wolf, PharmD [20:51]

“I hear all the time, like, oh, once I get X number of dollars in the bank, or once I get to this place in my career, that’s when I’ll do this. And I can tell you, you know, ever since having my first child, you just, there’s no perfect time. It’s always going to be hard in some fashion, there’s always going to be some kinds of challenges, and you’re going to meet those along the way and overcome them and feel good about that.” – Brentsen Wolf, PharmD [20:59]

“So stop waiting is my first piece of advice, just take the first step. And if it goes slowly, if it takes a long time, or it’s really difficult upfront, that’s fine, it was never going to be super easy.” – Brentsen Wolf, PharmD [21:19]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich  00:00

Hey everybody, Tim Ulbrich here and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast where each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. This week I had the pleasure of sitting down with industry pharmacist Brentsen Wolf about his journey, starting the nonprofit, Rx Teach. We discussed the motivations behind starting Rx Teach how he was able to go from idea to getting off the ground, the lessons he learned along the way, the future of the organization and the efforts that Rx Teach is supporting. Now, before we jump into my interview with Brentsen, I have a hard truth for you to hear: making a six figure income is not a financial plan. Yes, you’ve worked hard to get where you are today. Yes, you’re earning a good income. But have you ever wondered, am I on track to retire? How do I prioritize and fund all the competing financial goals that I have? How do I plan financially for big upcoming life events and changes like moving having a child, changing jobs, getting married or retiring? And why perhaps am I not as far along financially at this point in my career, as I thought I would be? One of the answers may be that your six figure income is not a financial plan. As a pharmacist, yes, you have an incredible tool in your toolbox – your salary. But without a vision and a plan that good income will only go so far. That’s in part why we started Your Financial Pharmacist back in 2015. At YFP, we support pharmacists at every stage of their careers to take control their finances reach their financial goals and build wealth through comprehensive, fee-only financial planning and tax planning. Our team of certified financial planners and tax professionals work with pharmacists all across the United States, and helps our clients set their future selves up for success while living a rich life today. If you’re ready to see how Your Financial Pharmacist can support you on your financial journey, you can visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/learn to learn more about our services. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/learn. Alright, let’s jump into my interview with Brentsen Wolf, founder of Rx Teach. 

Tim Ulbrich  02:06

Brentsen, welcome to the show.

Brentsen Wolf  02:08

Thank you, Tim. Thank you. 

Tim Ulbrich  02:09

Well it’s been a treat for me, you and I connected a couple years back when you were doing your industry fellowship with Merck through the Rutgers program. And we collaborated on some personal finance sessions with the fellows which we’ve done now for a few years, which has been a lot a lot of fun and it’s been a joy. And before we get into the work that you’ve been doing with the nonprofit Rx Teach, and we’re excited to share more of that story and the journey that led to that work and the impact that you’re having. Tell us more about your career story in pharmacy, what led you into the profession? What led to the interest in industry and the work that you’re doing now?

Brentsen Wolf  02:43

Yeah, it’s a good question. Especially because coming from the Midwest, and I know we’re both Midwest guys, the kind of interesting opportunities for PharmDs outside of retail and hospital aren’t thrown at you in school the way they are in some of the coastal areas. So yeah, my, my journey to where I’m at now is, you know, convoluted and stressful in some ways, but also just, you know, I think I ended up where I needed to be. So I graduated from Southern Illinois University, Edwardsville in 2021. And like I said, Midwest thought retail, or inpatient pharmacy, I worked in both of those areas, and, you know, during school and just wasn’t sure that it was really for me. I learned in probably my P3 year that these fellowships existed. And I was glad to connect with you at some point to bring you into those folds. Because I know the fellows don’t know anything about personal finance. I certainly didn’t. So those are very helpful sessions. I’m glad we collaborated in that way. But yeah, I ended up at Merck, doing a medical affairs fellowship, and mostly solid tumors, the little bit of work in infectious diseases as well, and just absolutely loved it. I knew I found what I was looking for in a career, it actually drew me in. I was very passionate about all of the work I was doing. So I actually transitioned after fellowship over to AstraZeneca, which is where I’m at now working in thoracic malignancies as a medical science liaison, which again, couldn’t be happier. I’m back where I grew up, surrounded by family. I’ve got a one year old daughter now. So that part’s important. It’s cheaper living here than New York City where some of my colleagues live. So yeah, couldn’t couldn’t complain. And that’s kind of how I ended up where I am now. Hey,

 

Tim Ulbrich  04:24

You’ve got the sought after sweet gig, working in an industry position, but living in an affordable cost of living area. We work with a lot of industry pharmacists that make a great income, certainly, but often cost of living is a challenging part of the plan. So you’re certainly happy for you and where that career has progressed. Let’s talk about the nonprofit organization that you started RX Teach. And tell us about what exactly is Rx Teach and ultimately, how did it come to be? How did it get started? 

Brentsen Wolf  04:57

Rx Teach was a brainchild I had during fellowship, and for whatever reason, I thought I had enough free time to start this thing. So if that tells you anything about work life balance as a fellow versus maybe a resident, that might be a bit insightful. So I ended up, you know, just saying, screw it, I just want to do something. I wanted my own platform, I wanted to be able to say and talk about things that were important to me. And so I started this website. And honestly, the thought of it becoming a nonprofit organization was in my head, but was I was too busy. I didn’t know what I was doing. You know, it was it was down the line. So really, it started off almost like a blog, right? Just kind of writing member that I care about. I think you were one of the first people I talked to about it. So we really focused on a couple of different areas as a nonprofit, the two main ones that were preventative medicine, education. And the second one is cancer, essentially, broadly speaking. So we write a lot about those topics. But we also write about pretty much you know, across the board, anything that could contribute to pharmacists, or really any health care professions understanding of a certain topic. So we’ll do journal clubs, lifestyle management stuff. And we do all of that via essentially a weekly email, sometimes more than weekly. We’ve gathered a following and a community now that we’re very proud of. And like I said, we don’t keep a cent of anything, to be honest with you, it all gets donated. And that’s because our Rx Teach at its core, is still just a passion project and a hobby for the board, all the board members. You know, we we keep it very balanced. It’s in terms of work life balance. The second this feels like a job, we won’t do it. But you know, we’re very passionate about these topics. And so it’s been very easy for us to maintain this kind of work life balance with Rx Teach and still be able to provide scholarships and funds to students in the local communities like we’ve always sought after so.

Tim Ulbrich  06:58

So the website will link to this in the show notes, rxteach.com. So our listeners can check it out as well. Brenton, you mentioned we when you talked about some of the content, the articles is that you and the board? Are there other people that are contributing? Tell us about what that model looks like. I know content creation can be a labor of love. So I’m curious to hear more.

Tim Ulbrich  07:16

You know, it’s funny, you mentioned that. I was just thinking about this. I’m listening to a six part podcast series, one of my favorite shows the Huberman Lab podcast. And he did a six part series, his content is just fantastic. But he did a six part series on sleep with Matthew Walker, and it was one of the things I’m listening to and it’s like, Okay, think of all the things we learned about in pharmacy school about prescribing sleep medications and mechanism of action. Is this going to help, you know, latency and onset and people falling asleep versus, etc. We know nothing about, like prevention to the actual, like mechanics of sleep and is like, yes, yes. What you’re saying so true. Right. It’s, it’s that you know, we have such a strong focus, obviously, on the treatment, makes sense for pharmacists, but, you know, it’s like wow, the preventative aspect. And all in I remember even learning some of those things where it’s like sleep hygiene and, you know, self care, and we’re like, yeah, yeah, yeah, like maybe there’ll be a question there. Right. But what do I need to know about the drugs? Right?

Brentsen Wolf  07:16

Yeah, it’s definitely a it is a big week. So I frequently write for the website and my co-founder Kristin Lindauer, who’s a PGY1 trained pharmacist and is now an HIV ambulatory care pharmacist over in Virginia, also frequently writes. But we highlight student work constantly, it was one of the things that was important to us, because I didn’t think I had opportunities to really showcase my work or understanding or maybe some niche topics that I cared about as a student. So now we have students write for us all the time, you can go look at the website and see who has done that in the past. Oftentimes, if they write for us once they write for us, again, because it’s a decent experience. So students write for us, we also get other residents writing pharmacy residents, current fellows will right health care providers in any field. So we have Day in the Life series of like a veterinarian pharmacist, a retail pharmacist, and oncology pharmacist, etc. So we really highlight the full gambit. But we like I said, we do have particular interests in preventative medicine, and cancer, just because that’s where all of our money goes to. So content on that is obviously a big part of it. So for instance, we have a whole series on how to prescribe exercise, which I think is a big you don’t get that in pharmacy school now, right? Not to get on my soapbox, but honestly, like if a patient were to ask any given pharmacist or physician, like hey, I want to prevent cardiovascular disease, how do I do that? You’re not going to get a very in depth answer. Generally, you’re gonna get 30 minutes, five times a week of moderate intensity exercise. And that’s just to me not a good enough response. Right. And that’s the purpose of this whole thing, is how do we hash that out and really educate people on how would you respond to that patient in a way that I think is sufficient? And I do say I, it’s subjective term, but that’s the point of the organization.

Brentsen Wolf  10:05

Yeah, I totally agree. And I don’t think the healthcare system is even currently set up to understand the impact that, you know, preventative education could even bring, which is why we’re so interested. It’s a huge gap, huge gap. And it’s not just pharmacists. I want to say that. 

Tim Ulbrich  10:21

That’s right. That’s right. 

Brentsen Wolf  10:22

It’s physicians, nurses, PAs, whatever, you’re not learning this in school. So really, people have to self educate at this point, which is a bummer. But we hope to help make that easier for those people. 

Tim Ulbrich  10:34

What is the passion behind the preventative medicine, the cancer focus? Those are really the two pillars that I’m hearing you share about? Where does that passion? Where does that interest come from?

Brentsen Wolf  10:43

Yeah, so I mean, for me, and you seem like a fit guy. I’ve always been in exercise and lifestyle management. And Kristin Lindauer, also has been too. She’s a I mean, she’s in better shape than me in certain ways. She just ran a marathon in three hours and 27 minutes!

Tim Ulbrich  10:59

No way! 

Brentsen Wolf  11:00

She’s a superstar. Yeah, I mean, I hope to get that fast eventually. But, you know, fitness has always been something that we have been passionate about and have felt, at least anecdotally, for ourselves, the incredible benefits. And then all of a sudden, you know, you start seeing these publications around longevity and what contributes, what contributes to it. So anything from how a VO2 Max can predict your overall survival over a 10 year period, and how grip strength is associated with preventing hip fractures in the elderly. And all of these things start to stack on top of each other and really paint the picture of how important fitness lifestyle management is to preventing disease. And so it’s an area where I can easily nerd out in and you know, just dive very deep into the data. And I write about it frequently. So it was an obvious pillar. And plus, I had identified it as unmet need. I really think we need more of this information out there. And we need to encourage students, current students to look for this type of data so they can incorporate it into their practices once they once they graduate. As for cancer, you know, I think about it in my head is we’re attacking the two sides of healthcare: preventative, and then the sickest patients, right. And I started doing breast cancer genetics research, before I ever even got into pharmacy school. So oncology was a huge passion of mine, I had a mentor named Dr. Ronald Worthington, who really drove me towards that kind of thing. It’s why I almost went and did a PhD, right. And so I just, you know, you know, anyone with cancer, you know, what this is, like, it’s a tough field to be into a lot of the times. I think biologically, it’s, it’s extremely interesting. So again, it’s easy for me to write about because I have so much passion for it. But we need people that are willing to go into this space forever gonna take care of cancer, and cancer is not something you just cure, right? There’s 1000s of tumor types. I mean, it’s not it’s not how it works. And the general public thinks, oh, what’s the cure for cancer, it’s not going to be one thing, I can guarantee it. But you know, we need pharmacists, we need physicians, nurses that grow passion for oncology early, and then are willing to really put in the time down the line and hopefully, start kicking away at these patient outcomes, which are historically not I mean, you take you take metastatic lung cancer, five year overall survival rates of less than 10%. And I mean, that’s, you know, not not great, obviously, still unmet needs. So these are the areas we’ve chosen to focus on, again, for passion and impact. 

Tim Ulbrich  13:23

I love what you’ve built, because to me, I can hear the passion in your voice, I can hear the energy and excitement, right, you’re building something that’s taking an area of interest for you, one that you’re naturally going to be excited about create creating content getting others involved in, that you’re then able to teach others of which has more impact, right, and I would assume that’s energizing as well, as you see, hey, people are learning about things that maybe they otherwise wouldn’t have learned about. And it’s written in a way that you can connect from a pharmacist to pharmacist perspective, and an immediate need, right, and ultimately leading to scholarships and other efforts that are having a benefit. So that has the the ingredients that are so important, that we often talk about on the for profit side of a business, but yeah, here we’re talking about the nonprofit side, which is, you know, equally if not more important. I’m curious to hear more about, you know, you started, I heard you say, Hey, I just got started, right. You know, I just got started, I knew I wanted to create my own platform. I didn’t necessarily think, or I couldn’t see all the dots connect of how this would become a 501 C3, maybe that was an idea that loosely you held. But ultimately, you went that direction. And it very much could have been a you know, blog site that turned into a for profit membership community, a lot of different models that are out there. What was that juncture decision point where you said, Hey, I’m going to keep forward with this educational mission. But I really do want to make it into a nonprofit effort. 

Brentsen Wolf  14:44

Yeah. You kind of You briefly mentioned it and it was it’s based off of passion. And I think if you can articulate well for yourself, what is actually going to drive you and prevent you from burning out. That’s how you make this decision. For me if I knew that if I was trying to do this stuff, you know, as in a for profit matter, just to make money for myself, which I honestly don’t I see no issues with that I just know that I would have personally burned out on. It would it’s it would have become work instead of a passion project, I would have been chasing metrics that, you know, as a nonprofit, if I don’t make a million dollars, it, it does not bother me, I’m giving as much money away as I possibly can. And if I don’t hit a specific number, it doesn’t hurt me personally. I think if it was a for profit model, those numbers would have gotten into my head a little bit more, would have affected my mentality towards Rx Teach in general. And I was just trying to avoid that. And so, you know, getting the board together, a group of people that were on the same page is like, Hey, we’re just doing this in our free time. This is passion driven 100%. And whatever, however many dollars we can donate. That’s the goal. And we’re going to get that number as big as we can get it, but we’re not going to kill ourselves doing it. And that’s kind of how we landed on this model. Because, you know, I’ve got a one year old daughter at home, I got a full time job, all these things you got to you got to make sure it’s it’s driven by the right motivation, or you’re not gonna make it. 

Tim Ulbrich  16:08

I like that, because I think I was sharing with someone recently that when we think about a lot of the burnout that we’re seeing in our profession and to be honest, it’s not just pharmacy, right? I think the healthcare workforce at large, obviously, the impact of the pandemic and, and other factors in there as well, I think something like this, not to suggest you to go out and start your own nonprofit, but be being involved in an effort, whether that’s an investment of time, money, both, right, I think that participation in something bigger than the grind of what you’re doing every day, even for those who say, I love my job, great. There’s still a lot of stressing me evolve. You’ve got a one one year old child at home, like life’s busy, right. And I think, you know, for us to kind of go back to our roots and say, Hey, why did we get interested in healthcare in the first place? I think we lose that sometimes over time. And just an encouragement to listeners, you know, whether it’s getting involved in Rx Teach, whether it’s getting involved something local in your community, or both great, like, what are some of those initiatives and opportunities where people can get involved? And I think that naturally can be in part an antidote to some of that burnout that we so often see. So curious, certainly to hear you tie that directly back to that decision, that strategic move you made to go into the nonprofit direction. Yeah. How do you, not make money, right, that’s for profit language. But how do you ultimately raise funds that get delivered in the form of scholarships. Is it individual donations? What what is the predominant ways in which you’re raising money as an organization? 

Brentsen Wolf  17:34

So right now we do it in three different ways, right. So the first way is, what we started off at the beginning is that this is gonna be a free resource for anyone to read and do with what they want. And we’re gonna go deep into data, we’re gonna do all these things. If you care about our mission, and you want to get this content with a small monthly donation, we’re gonna let you do that. And so we just set up a couple of different subscriber levels. Yeah, paid members get some extra stuff, you know, maybe an extra article here and there. But really, it is like, hey, if you find value in this and care about what we’re doing, it’s always going to be free. And we have because we want to change the community, right? i If you can’t afford it, I’m not going to make you pay for it. But if you want to contribute, feel free to do that. So we have a subscriber base model, which is probably where we get the most of our money. We also have a couple of digital assets, which are pretty new that I actually have enjoyed this process a lot. So we have some cheats, cheat sheets on things like cirrhosis, sickle cell disease, we have a how to guide for Journal Club which I absolutely love.

Tim Ulbrich  18:33

I could’ve used that one in pharmacy school! 

Brentsen Wolf  18:34

Yeah, I totally agree with that thinking back to pharmacy school days! Kristin put that together, which I think it was important for a resident or someone with residency experience to do that, because she puts Pearls in there, but like, what, what questions can you expect your preceptor to ask you, so that you can prepare for this journal club where in an article can you find this information? You know, whether it’s New England Journal medicine, or general oncology, whatever it is JAMA? So that’s a great resource. And we’ve also paired up with Dr. Alex Popin, and who wrote a book called High Powered Medicine. Yeah, so we sell his book on the website, and we have an agreement in place. And we split the profits for that, which we’re very thankful to him to, you know, contribute to Rx Teacg in that way, as well. So digital assets is the second piece. And then the third piece is just like you said, one time donations, anyone who wants to give money based off of, you know, hearing this podcast, or you ran into me at a bar, and I was telling you about grip strength. Right. And they were like, oh, that’s you know, that’s interesting. So people can certainly do that on the website, just one time donations. And of course, we appreciate that. And then like I said, we have partnered with local universities to actually allocate the funds in the form of scholarships and those areas I’ve already mentioned, but that’s how we actually bring the cash in.

Tim Ulbrich  19:48

So one of the things I’m always curious to hear from people at start anything for profit, nonprofit is, you know, it’s one thing to have an idea it’s another thing to execute on an idea and it’s a big step and for some people, it’s the actual mechanics. For others. It’s the fear of, hey, you know, what if nobody kind of likes the idea of what I have out there, what if this isn’t successful? You obviously took those steps, which you know, are great that you did it led to the platform and what you have here now and certainly something you can continue to build off of. But talk us through some of those early mechanics and decisions. You know, you’re talking about a board, you talked about 501C3, like, I think sometimes even though you haven’t been doing this that long, sometimes we blow past those things like, hey, those happened. But those are big milestones that often give me barriers. So talk to us about those early stages involved going from idea to actually get into the point where you can meet someone at a bar or a conference or whatever, and say, Hey, you can make a tax deductible donation, right?

Brentsen Wolf  20:44

Yeah, exactly. Yeah, no, that’s a great, it’s a great question. And it is there’s, there’s multiple steps. But before I get into that, I just want to say that like, if you’re thinking about doing something, whether it’s a nonprofit, for profit, blog, side project, whatever it is, there’s never going to be a perfect time. You know, I hear all the time, like, oh, once I get X number of dollars in the bank, or once I get to this place in my career, that’s when I’ll do this. And I can tell you, you know, ever since having my first child, you just, there’s no perfect time, it’s always going to be hard in some fashion, there’s always going to be some kinds of challenges, and you’re going to meet those along the way and overcome them and feel good about that. So stop waiting is my first piece of advice, just take the first step. And if it if it goes slowly, if it takes a long time, or it’s really difficult upfront, that’s fine, it was never going to be super easy, right. So that’s, that’s my first piece. But in terms of actually doing the nonprofit stuff, specifically, you know, I was working with a lawyer in our family, which certainly helped me. But talking with someone who has done this in the past is definitely a first step and just feel out what you need. So things like your bylaws, your articles of incorporation, your employee identification number, application, your Conflict of Interest Statement, these are kind of that’s kind of the four core things, you really need upfront, to register with your state. You have to start at the state level, you don’t go straight to the federal government, you have to, you know, become a corporation in the state level. Once you do that, that’s when you can actually send in some of the documentation at the federal level. And hopefully, if again, if you’re working with people who have done this before, when you actually put in your stuff with the state, you’re putting in there that you intend to be a 501C3, you’re making sure that you meet the criteria for nonprofits. So you need to go do some research on. You have to be in certain areas in order to qualify for nonprofit tax exempt status. So you want to word everything from your mission statement to your bylaws to support the fact that this is going to be a nonprofit organization, you do all that stuff upfront first, before ever talking with the federal government. For us, we were able to send in what’s called an EZ application, literally capital E capital Z, because we were bringing in less than $50,000 a year annually. That’s kind of the cut off. Even if you are making less than that you can do a full fledged application if you wish to. But certainly if you’re bringing in a million dollars in your first year, you have to you can’t use this EZ applicant is one piece of paper front and back and you’re just checking, I just checked no for everything right? It was very easy. But once you get back your EIN and your the, you’ll get an official letter from the government saying like, hey, we recognize you as a 501 C 3, that’s when you can start to reap some of the benefits of the nonprofit. So things like we use Stripe, to bring in money from our websites and Stripe has nonprofit rates that we can utilize. A lot of these third party vendors will have nonprofit rates. And sometimes it’s not public. Go look on Reddit like hey, is there a special rate for so and so and go take advantage of that. But after that you are going to file some stuff, even once you hear back from the federal government. And that’s going to be annually. It’s like federal income tax your state and income tax. In Illinois, you have to at least register with the Attorney General. You know, stuff like that is it’s paperwork. You know, that’s always going to be a small part of this. And I think staying organized is important. But again, just take a breath if you’re new to all this legal stuff like I was, it can seem a little bit like, I don’t even know what I’m doing. But at the end of the day, it’s it’s just paperwork. You know, if you’re an organized person, you’re gonna be fine. And I certainly don’t think it’s anything that should prevent you from doing this. Again, if things get off to a rocky start, like, especially in a nonprofit sense, who cares, you’re doing this for a very good reason, right? Like be easy on yourself. Just get there eventually. And let things let things sort them out as they will. 

Tim Ulbrich  24:32

I’m with you on the you know, I’ve kind of gone down this twice now in the last six months you and I talked a little bit about this. We started the nonprofit YFP Gives and your overview was great by the way from state to federal level. So anyone’s looking for like a checklist or at least just a frame of reference of the steps involved. That was fantastic! The first time we went through it we used an attorney. So helpful, right because it seems so overwhelming until you can see it. And to your point, there’s, you know, shortened forms based on your projected revenue and other things. But just to see the process from a state level up to the 501C3, okay, now that you’ve done that, you’ve got to register with the Attorney General on the state level, you got to file this solicitation format. For someone to just be able to say do XY and Z, I can assure you as well worth the fees, but I respect that that can be a barrier. Yeah. Second time I went through it, which was something not nonrelated on the pharmacy side, we EZ application was the form I had been through it, I kind of saw all the steps and I felt comfortable, like navigating that part myself seeing all that, but I couldn’t have wrapped my arms around it the first time. So I think that’s something as folks are thinking about this, you know, anticipating those legal fees, and I think it is something that certainly does add a lot of value, you’re growing through it. So great, great overview.

Brentsen Wolf  25:52

Actually, I want to add one thing to the one of the values that the attorney can can bring in is not only make sure you file the right paperwork, but oftentimes these folks have worked with corporations in the past, and they kind of know, over the years, what you know, what problems might arise. And so they will give you recommendations on how to maybe word bylaws and this kind of thing to prevent an issue that would happen if you wouldn’t have taken this step up front. So that’s a very important thing. I talked about preventative medicine, you might as well be preventative on this front as well. And an attorney can do that. 

Tim Ulbrich  26:25

That’s great. Let’s talk about the future, Brentsen. So as you look out over the next 5, 10,15 years, however long you want to go for the vision, you know, what does success look like for Rx Teach?You’ve taken this important step from idea to going through all the mechanics, the legal stuff, we just started, getting to the point where you can take tax deductible donations, you’ve been creating content for a while. What is the next iteration look like for RxTeach in terms of the work that you’re doing? And and how you would measure success?

Brentsen Wolf  26:55

Yeah, so you know, I think we’re constantly trying to assess community change, at least locally. And so that has started to happen already. RX Teach, you know, I think influencing folks locally. And that’s, that’s great news, and it’s specifically on these topics of interest. But like big, big picture goal in the next 10 years, would be to essentially expand our scholarship availability to more or less every pharmacy school in the country, but also get outside of pharmacy school. So we started with pharmacy just because that’s our background, but we’ve already started working with some schools of Exercise Science, mostly because, you know, in my perfect world, those two things come together a lot more than they currently do, you know, taking that preventative side of healthcare, into the healthcare providers, actual education. Again, that’s an area of unmet need. So scholarships across the country is what we want to be known for, to where if you can show that you’re actually interested in these very important topics, we’re going to give you money. And I feel no guilt at all about putting dollar signs in front of certain topics in order to drive people towards, well, maybe I’ll at least look up what that means if I want to get the scholarship! That’s fine with me, you know, I that’s I have no guilt on that kind of thing. And then, of course, building out the types of people who are willing to write for RX Teach and, you know, just help get our message out there. Cardiac disease is the number one killer of Americans. Kills more people than liver disease and diabetes and stroke, and it combined, it’s ridiculous. So, you know, the more we can prevent these types of things, and however, we’re going to do that, whether it’s scholarships, putting out putting out more content, selling more stuff to fund these types of events. That’s what we’re going to do. And again, I guess the number one thing for 10 years is don’t burn out, right? So it’s right, you know, keep finding that passion, make sure I’m keeping me and the rest of the board ignited about what we’re doing. And just following that passion.

Tim Ulbrich  28:48

As my partner Tim often says, you know, it’s a marathon, not a sprint. I think that’s true here as well. Right? You’ve got an important mission that transcends not only 10 years, but transcends your career. Sure. And to me, what I hear you doing, which I love is you’re getting others involved. This is not a Brentsen initiative. This is a board. This is a bigger initiative. And as those tentacles get out further, you know, it’s not about you and the face and the name. It’s about the impact, right that you can have. And that impact, I presume, isn’t going away. So when you say in 3040 years, like, hey, it’s time for someone else to take the reins like you’ve got other people that you’ve delegated, and gotten involved with on the way. This has been awesome. I appreciate you taking the time again, Rxteach.org. Make sure to check out the website we’d love for our community to not only learn about what you’re doing, get involved financially. You know, reach out to Brentsen, the team if you’ve got ideas for content that you’d like to contribute, make a donation if there’s a connection or relationship that you think could be helpful. Make sure to reach out to do that. As Brentsen says on the website, “Every cent will be given to students as merit based scholarships in cancer research and preventative medicine education.” So if you make Rx Teach a part of your giving plan, know that that’s going to be going to good use. So Brentsen, thanks so much for taking Time to come on the show. 

Brentsen Wolf  30:01

Thanks, Tim. Really appreciate it. 

Tim Ulbrich  30:04

[DISCLAIMER] As we conclude this week’s podcast and important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding material should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward looking statements, which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 359: Pharmacy Innovators with Jamie Wilkey, PharmD


Dr. Jamie Wilkey shares her entrepreneurial journey of building and selling a business on this episode of the Pharmacy Innovators series hosted by Corrie Sanders.

This episode is brought to you by YFP+.

Episode Summary

In our YFP Podcast Pharmacy Innovators with Corrie Sanders series, Dr. Jamie Wilkey joins Corrie to discuss her entrepreneurship journey, emphasizing the importance of thinking big, pushing boundaries, and utilizing education to achieve success. Dr. Wilkey shares her journey of transitioning from a community pharmacist role to building a successful pharmacogenomics practice, highlighting the importance of validating ideas, leveraging scrappy methods, and empowerment through helping others. Dr. Wilkey also shares her experience with selling a pharmacy business and valuable insights on their professional journey, emphasizing the importance of adapting to the changing landscape of the pharmacy industry and embracing digital business ownership.

About Today’s Guest

Dr. Jamie Wilkey is a PharmD who loves what she does and brings passion and happiness to the pharmacy profession.

Jamie has had a varied career from working retail pharmacy, to owning, scaling and selling her own company, and to working as a consultant for top universities and companies. Jamie is optimistic about the future of pharmacy and knows great things are in store for those pharmacists who are willing to push boundaries, to think big, and to use the full extent of their education. 

You can find her happily living debt-free with her 4 boys being outside as much as humanly possible and enjoying Utah’s National Parks. Or reading. A lot.

Key Points from the Episode

  • Pharmacy career paths with Dr. Jamie Wilkie. [0:00]
  • Building a pharmacogenomics business as a side hustle while working full-time as a pharmacist. [2:27]
  • Entrepreneurship, pharmacogenomics, and career transition. [9:11]
  • Transitioning from pharmacist to content creator, with insights on building a business with vulnerability and transparency. [16:19]
  • Selling a business after two years of growth and scaling. [21:34]
  • Selling a pharmacy business, including the importance of mentors, due diligence, and a clean break. [26:32]
  • Adapting pharmacy businesses for success in today’s world. [31:40]
  • Embracing growth and personal development as an entrepreneur. [36:18]
  • Various income streams, including coaching, teaching, and pharmacy work. [39:40]
  • Entrepreneurship and pharmacy practice with a focus on finding joy and success in the field. [42:39]

Episode Highlights

“And so it was really cool seeing that, like it’s not the smartest person or the most qualified person who can build their own thing.” – Jamie Wilkey [3:47]

“Saving gives you such a buffer. And I really think it’s kind of a secret sauce for succeeding in entrepreneurship. When you don’t need your business to turn a profit the next day and aren’t white knuckling it saying, I have to have a paycheck by the end of this week. It becomes more fun and a creative pursuit like a hobby that I’m going to figure out. But I’m also going to get paid too. And it’s so different and so fun.” – Jamie Wilkey [16:57]

“In a way being vulnerable and saying like, I hate retail, I gotta get out. And I’m passionate about precision medicine so I’m doing this one way or another, makes it easier to jump on board because people can see themselves in you when you’re first starting.” – Jamie Wilkey [18:57]

“Just start, just do the thing. Put yourself out there, start solving a problem in the world and don’t overthink it. Put your energy into action.” -Jamie Wilkey [31:42]

“I feel like it’s riskier just to stay in your job with no other revenue options than to build something on the side a few hours a week and think in terms of years and decades rather than needing a quick buck tomorrow.” – Jamie Wilkey [33:29]

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

Corrie Sanders 00:00

Hi YFP Community. Corrie Sanders here host of the Pharmacy Innovators segment of the YFP Podcast. Pharmacy Innovators is designed for pharmacist navigating the entrepreneurial journey. In this series we feature stories and strategies to help guide current and aspiring pharmacy entrepreneurs. Today we have Dr. Jamie Wilkey, a PharmD who loves what she does and brings passion and happiness to the pharmacy profession. Jamie has had a varied career from working in retail pharmacy to owning, scaling and selling her own company. She also works as a consultant for top universities. Jamie is optimistic about the future of pharmacy and knows great things are ahead. For those pharmacists who are willing to push boundaries, think big and use the full extent of their education. Today, you can find her happily living debt free with her four boys and being outside as much as humanly possible while enjoying Utah’s National Parks. I’m excited to share so many points of growth from Jamie’s optimistic perspective and hope you will find this episode to be inspiring from not only the lens of pharmacy, but how Jamie’s attitude and perseverance has served her work life balance. Please welcome to the podcast, Dr. Jamie Wilkey. Jamie, welcome to the podcast. We’re excited to have you here.

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  01:10

Thank you, Corrie! This is gonna be so fun!

Corrie Sanders 01:13

And I know that you’ve done a lot of podcasts in the past, you have a very public content platform. So we won’t go too deep into your background. But for those that don’t know you, why don’t you just start with briefly describing your path in pharmacy with school and training and any additional certificates you might have.

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  01:29

Sure, Cory, so I grew up in Wyoming. So I went to University of Wyoming pharmacy school, which was one of the best decisions I ever made, graduated as a 24 year old and I started making a six figure salary. And I was like over the moon like, this is why I went to pharmacy school. So I could be a girl with a doctorate degree earning like $130,000 a year and not have a career ladder. I could just do that and go part time when I had kids. And so that’s what I did. I worked full time for a few years. And then I ultimately had four little boys. Two years apart, bam, bam, bam, bam, bam. And it really helped to have a pharmacy job where I could just go part time during all those years of having babies and toddlers. And so I worked part time for many years at Walgreens. Ultimately, after 10 years, I had still been at Walgreens and I felt like, Oh man, this job that I thought was like so perfect. And it really did serve me well for a decade. Ah, there’s no career ladder, there’s no growth. I’m like on the hamster wheel doing the same thing. And I’ll probably keep doing it for another 30 years unless I change something. And so Corrie, really the thing that changed my whole career was just getting on LinkedIn. Until then I didn’t even have a LinkedIn account. In the summer of 2020, I created an account to look for a new job. And once I saw other pharmacists on there, like doing their own thing, not just working retail, hospital, or as an MSL, it felt like I was coming out of a dark cave into like the light of potential. And it was just so exciting to me to see that like, oh, I don’t have to rely on getting a new job or getting more certifications to build a dream life like, these other people are doing it themselves. I’m gonna jump in the race, I can do it too. I have no idea what I’m doing. But clearly, like your future is determined by you. And I want to just try my hand at it. So I just got on LinkedIn and started writing on there everyday kind of documenting, like, what the heck I’m doing like, here I am this retail girl, I have no residency, no fellowship, no certifications, I’ve literally just been clocking into a job for a decade, and only doing CEs required to keep my license like, I loved my job. But I was not overly engaged in being a pharmacist. And so it was really cool seeing that, like it’s not the smartest person or the most qualified person who can build their own thing. It’s just the person who thinks they can. And so also I saw the pattern very quickly that like the people who have an audience who are teaching other people who are like monetizing their knowledge in some way, are very consistent at writing online, was like, well, that’s free. I don’t know what I’m doing. But I’m like, such a nerd for habits. Like I will set a habit every single day to write online every day. So that’s what I did. And it ultimately turned into me turning into an entrepreneur, and starting my own business because I writing not only on LinkedIn, but I was like on Instagram, the only social media account I had and learning about pharmacogenomics. I started like posting to my friends like hey, did you know a genetic test, like change prescribing for the rest of your life? I think this is so cool, but I want to try this on someone, does anyone have trouble with like medicine that you want to like let me practice on? And so many of my friends raise their hands and neighbors came out of the woodworks that like oh my gosh, I’m struggling with medicine. Can you help me? That I started buidling a business before I even had a business before I had an LLC or done any of the paperwork. And so it was really cool to like validate ideas out of the gate in a really scrappy way that was totally me to just start earning money and Corrie, I tell you, once you like actually charge for your services as a pharmacist, oh, really lights a fire under you that like, wow, I just earned way more helping one patient on a zoom call, then, like a day in the pharmacy. And so it was really cool and empowering to one, see how working in a new way, like lit a fire in me that I wasn’t just like a robot, checking the boxes that I like, help people in new ways. And two that, like, what it was like to help someone and to get a raving review and like really feel like I helped their life. So once I did that, it felt like, okay, the time is ticking on my retail career. It’s been cool, but I can’t do this forever. And so I just, it was so scrappy, Corrie, like just talking to friends and neighbors reaching out on LinkedIn to prescribers out here in Utah. I built my own consulting practice where I saw patients remotely and in their clinics, and just was like a pharmacogenomic pharmacist. And how did I become that from a Walgreens girl, I got a certificate. I did like the 16 hour CE certificate like yeah, now I’m PGX certified like, it took a week. It was not hard, because we’re drug experts, and we just so undervalue our expertise. And the biggest learning you get is like by actually doing it. And by helping and people don’t care. They just know like, you’re a drug expert. If it takes you a while to figure it out behind the scenes before you meet with me, I don’t care, just help me. And so that was really cool. Okay, that was kind of long. I’ll start I’ll start to speed up now. And so as I’m like helping people, one on one, I’m also building on LinkedIn, and sharing like, all of all of the ups and downs of entrepreneurship. And a number of people started keep repeating, reaching out to me on direct messages, and like, hey, that’s, I love what you’re building. Can you teach me how? And so ultimately, like, guys, I’m still at Walgreens, because you can’t just quit your job overnight, unless you’re completely financially independent. And I’m working in the cracks on my time. And, oh, I have four kids, you know. So I have no time. But I want to teach other pharmacists this. And so one of my friends gave me really good advice. She was like Jamie, just create a little mini online course, that way you can teach people at like, their own speed, it doesn’t take your time, create it once. And just help them that way. And so that was awesome advice. So I just did and Corrie, I tell you what that first course was like, so awkward and bad. I just like got on Zoom and recorded, like 12 different lessons without like a PowerPoint or anything, it was just me talking. But it had the core of what they want it and I sold that to 11 people for $500. Like, here you go, tell me what you liked to tell me what you hated. Tell me what I could have improved. And they were really candid and honest and saying like I loved this. This I could have used more of. Don’t include this. And so what turned out is my scrappy product, then I could polish and redo like rerecord with good visuals and resources, then I could turn around and sell it for $1,000. And so that’s what I started doing in mid 2021. Started selling my online course, just through my LinkedIn posts, not like ads or anything because I still didn’t know how to do ads. Started selling that. And it grew and grew and grew and grew and grew and grew. And ultimately, after two and a half years, I’d earned more than a million dollars in revenue from that little course, which was just wild to me to see how like one digital asset can grow in value and in reach. So ultimately, we helped more than 350 pharmacists understand and build like their own pharmacogenomic practice, and it was really cool. Where do you want me to go with this story?

 

Corrie Sanders 09:11

I’m gonna I’m gonna break it down even further when I say that that was a great bird’s eye view to start with with, you know, where your training was where you spent a lot of your initial pharmacy experience, then ultimately, where you saw a gap and a need in care and how you pivoted to something that could be monetized in a sustainable working way over time. So I want to I’m going to chunk it up just because I want the audience to really learn about your mindset and the steps that you had taken at certain points during that story. Let’s start with your path to entrepreneurship in general. So it sounds like you heard about pharmacogenomics through some kind of source and you’re like, Wow, this is something that’s totally applicable to practice. And while you were still practicing in retail, you started building out a pharmacogenomics consulting company, is that correct? 

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  09:57

Correct. Yes. 

Corrie Sanders  09:59

So reaching out to different providers on LinkedIn. And then ultimately, were you working for part time at Walgreens at that point, or and you were able to take on a couple additional days in clinic? How did that transition look like between your retail position and taking on consulting and either a part time or eventually a full time manner?

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  10:18

Yeah, so I was at Walgreens mostly full time, it was probably like 30 hours a week. And so in my days off, I would see patients when I was not at Walgreens. And then when I ultimately got into a clinic, and they wanted to have me there, I just gave them my schedule on advanced and said, like, got it most Fridays, I will be here, like, fill it up with my patients on Fridays and just batch it like, I would love to be here every day. But until then just batch it on Friday. And they’re like, great, we’re happy to have you. That’s when you’re available. Patients don’t know. 

Corrie Sanders  10:52

Like you’re not there, Monday through Friday!

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  10:53

Yes, behind the scenes like we’re next available is this Friday or next Friday, when would you like it? And so it made it easier to batch things and to like, validate that this is working and see the revenue coming in. Because although it wasn’t thrilled with my Walgreens job, it still has an awesome paycheck. And it’s still a good job. And so I was not about to like just burn the bridge quit and then hope entrepreneurship works. Because I have no experience. I’ve never done this before. I do not come from an entrepreneurial family. So it’s definitely like figuring it out. But while you’re balancing a job, like a job is such a good resource to give you the safety net, to build something on the side that it felt like other than missing time watching Netflix, there really wasn’t a downside. Because I’m getting experience and learning when people said no or no thanks, like it it taught me something too. It wasn’t like, Well, this has to succeed, or it was a waste of time.

Corrie Sanders 11:46

And then at what point did you make the formal transition? So you’ve got four kids at this point, it’s not like you can walk away from a job without a proof of concept going into this new consulting journey. So at what point did you decide okay, this is it, the model on the side is now something that’s worth taking on full time. What did that breaking point or tipping point look like for you? And when did that happen?

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  12:08

Once I crossed about $75,000 in revenue, it took probably eight months. I was like, oh, okay, in eight months, I earned more than I would have earned at Walgreens over that time. So then I the next step wasn’t quitting it was like, okay, just put me on PRN, like, keep me on the books, but I don’t want to be scheduled regularly anymore. So then I would fill in like, a couple times a month like for, that’s back when like COVID clinics were thinking and like, I was still in the system for a long time just to like, keep that as a safety net. And still just keep cash flowing too.

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  12:56

Which I think that’s a great way to put it is that this now your full time job has become your side gig. And your side gig has transitioned into your full time job, and any other elaborations on what chapter of life you’re in at the moment. So when we talk to pharmacy entrepreneurs, I mean, there’s a million reasons under the sun, why you shouldn’t be making this transition or taking something on whether it’s student loans or kids or it doesn’t meet your retirement goals or your risk. If you’re risk averse or risk tolerance, whatever risk strategy that you have any other insight into the chapter of your life, besides having four kids you were in at that moment that you think was helpful in making that transition, or that would be useful to know. 

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  13:33

So at this point, we have four kids, we’ve had bought our house a number of years ago, right after graduation. And so between and my husband is working, he’s working full time. So there’s dual income, which is really helpful to get a solid financial foundation. So at this point, we had our house and we’re heavily paying it off quickly and had been maxing out our 401ks every year ever since we were like new little workers, and have a really good six to 12 month savings of both of our incomes so that like if neither of us works for the next year, could we pay for life, assuming that like we both lost our job and like, couldn’t get one for a year because I am very risk averse, Corrie. I love like stability, and I love money and I love being able to make decisions from a point of abundance rather than scarcity. And so it did. It took, let’s say this point, it’s like 10 to 13 years into my career. So it was not a new grad. I had my student loans paid off. We had no debt other than our house. And my husband has a good job. He’s an accountant. And so we both are professionals. We’re in a really good place financially because we’re savers too like, we don’t have the super big house and like all the new cars and stuff. So as savers it felt like okay, we’ve been killing ourselves off like saving and working. My next big crazy goal, Corrie, was that like, I want to pay off this house, I just want to be completely debt free before I turned 40. And I kept like crunch every time I’m at work. I’m like crunching the numbers like, Okay, how many more years at Walgreens? How many extra shifts doing overtime? I felt like okay, I could do that in five years. But after I got on LinkedIn, it kind of ruined me seeing that like, but you can also make money other ways. So I just got to try this, like, can I maybe get there faster, or in a more fun way than like physically being at that retail store. While like, I don’t want to leave my kids, especially with COVID. It made it very apparent that like, white collar workers can grab their laptop and go home. Everyone else, like you’re on the frontlines, you’re a hero and like, I don’t want to be a hero. I want to be with my kids and earn money in a new way. Because I’m kind of jealous of all, like Utah. The point of view time in it’s called Silicon slopes, because there’s just like so much tech and software development that it feels like it’s in the air that like work in new ways, do cool things. And here I am, like an antiquated pharmacy job. So it felt like I just got to a point. I just got to try. I don’t have much to lose other than nothing. There’s always a job at big box stores.

Corrie Sanders  16:19

No, and that was really insightful, insightful. I love how you shared how much savings you guys had between you and your husband and the risk strategy that you had taken on. And not only some of your already accomplishments with your debt, but what were your debt goals long term? I think that that’s so important to outline prior to making a career transition, where there’s a lot of risk involved is knowing what the backup plan is, or how much time you have before that backup plan needs to be activated. So it sounds like you and your husband had a lot of healthy conversations prior to that jumping point in which you already had a proof of concept. 

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  16:51

We’re both savers and really like yes, since this is the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast, like truly saving, saving saving gives you such a buffer. And I really think it’s kind of a secret sauce for succeeding in entrepreneurship is that you don’t like need your business to turn a profit the next day, you don’t need and are white knuckling it saying like, I have to have a paycheck by the end of this week. It becomes more fun and like a creative pursuit that’s like, this is a hobby that I’m going to figure out. But I’m also going to get paid from, too and it’s so different and so fun.

Corrie Sanders 17:25

And I’m sure that your clientele and people that you talk with can also tell when you’re coming from a place of abundance versus scarcity, as you said earlier, like having to make that next sale versus making the next sale when it fits into their timeline, not necessarily yours. It’s such a big difference. Yeah. So the next question I want to talk about is when you made the transition, so we talked about how you started transitioning into content creation, creation for pharmacogenomics for other pharmacists. When did that happen? You were consulting for how long? And then when did you notice on LinkedIn? Okay, this is something that other pharmacists are looking for. And I’m gonna start now doing this on the side, in addition to consulting, what did that look like?

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  18:05

Probably be like between three and six months. 

Corrie Sanders  18:07

Oh, wow. 

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  18:08

So it was still pretty fast. So it was still new ish. But I think that’s part of what made it work was like, I’m new with you. But I figured out the next three steps, and we’re doing this together, and I never wanted it to be like, I am the best. I know the way I am perfect. More like, here’s what I’ve learned, here’s general principles. Now, within this program, we’re all coming together. And we’re all precision pharmacists. And we’re all going to help each other and teach each other because there’s not only like one way to do something, what works for me in Utah may be different for someone in Arizona, and like we’re pooling knowledge and pooling resources, rather than, like, I must have everything figured out. Because I think that’s what stops a lot of pharmacists like, until I know everything and I have X amount of experience that no one will help me. In a way being vulnerable and being you and saying like, I hate retail, I gotta get out. And I’m passionate about precision medicine. So I’m doing this one way or another, like, makes it easier to jump on board because people can see themselves in you when you’re first starting.

Corrie Sanders 19:12

And I think that’s something I’ve always respected about you is the amount of transparency that you share with your audience and with the academy is, I’m not here to tell you I know every answer, but I’m here to tell you that I’m going to work through this with you. And I think that’s such a better business model than preaching you have all the answers. So I love that it’s so much more relatable with that transparency comes a lot of relationship and building abilities. But I just love the line that you said I’m here to learn with you and I’m here to learn alongside you and help you get to the same end goal. We have a similar goal in mind. So what did it and that was Arches, LLC is the LLC that you eventually started. What did Arches look like over time? So you start with just 11 minute video or 11 short videos, and then you started putting out more visual content, you started growing the audience? And did you eventually start growing employees? What did Arches evolve into over the next couple of years?

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  20:09

Yeah, so for the first year, it was just me. And then I hired my first VA – virtual assistant. Because being married to an accountant, I know all the details of like employees, and how complicated an employee could be. So I, I, we never did hire an employee, it was all contract work. And especially it was really just me, I hired one VA, it was a good learning experience for both of us. But then I found like my BFF VA, Alexa, she’s still like my best friend, six months later as a recommendation from a friend. And she and I just like tag teamed it and went full force ahead that she really was the one who ran the company. And I got to like, be the face of it and provide the content. And she did all the back end logistics that take a lot of time. And I’m not a detail oriented person. And so it worked really well. And hiring people from the Philippines are the best because they have an amazing grasp of English. They’re such hard workers. And they’re at a price point that new business owners can afford rather than someone in the United States. And I am a little afraid for the US workforce, because everyone I’ve worked with from the Philippines is like just such an incredible human and turned into a good friend that like, it was a great way to start hiring. So it was me and Alexa, it originally started with like, just pace yourself videos of like, what else do you want, I’ll create this video. And then we created a private group on Facebook. So we had a private Facebook page. And that way, we’re like talking to each other every day. And then we’d have live weekly calls, every week, we would learn something else or have like a guest come in and speak on something that was adjacent that I wasn’t an expert in, like nutrigenomics, isn’t amazing how nutrition is affected by your genetics and have like nutrigenomics speakers and lamps come in. And so I recorded all of those and added it to the course. So  by the end of two years, there’s more than 70 hours of material in there. Wow. Which was huge. But it was also really awesome. Because it felt really comprehensive to understand like how to start a business, how to work with a lab, and giving people like labs themselves to work with and how to understand state rules and regulations. And then we started creating like documents and templates, like, here’s a whole bunch of legal forms, you’re probably going to need to start. Don’t hire an attorney for $6,000, like I had to do. Here’s a good base baseline to start with and learn that like maybe legal advice can help tweak it rather than everyone starting from scratch. So we started like pooling, like what people needed and created group resources as well. That was really fun. 

 

Corrie Sanders 22:44

That’s amazing. That’s amazing. It’s worth joining the academy just to save on the legal. At what point did you start considering selling the business? So I think that this is maybe something that you haven’t discussed on a podcast just yet. So I’m excited to dive into this. But how long had you had Arches LLC, to where you hit a certain inflection point where you’re like, wow, this is now something that I can consider selling? This is a worthwhile brand. When did that come into conversation? And who brought that to your attention? Or did you bring that to the attention of others? I want to highlight on a couple of things that you’ve said, because I think these are so valuable to the listener. And I know that these things are not generally taught in pharmacy school. So you said I am just a scrappy starter, I like to start and build things. One, definitely not taught in pharmacy school. And then maturing and scaling of a business. Also not taught in pharmacy school. Two very, very different skill sets. But you also said, you know, we leaned into mentors into resources outside of healthcare, which a lot of pharmacists we’re just so siloed into our own little bubbles, our pharmacy bubbles. I think it’s important to view healthcare and view your services through the lens of someone who is not involved in health care at all. And it sounds like that was really instrumental, especially at this building and scaling and selling portion of your business, it would be hard to find a pharmacist, I think that was so successful. But I love how you took on the lens of you know, I’m going to use this as a an internship into how to build businesses, because that will be a useful skill set, I’m sure for you in the future once you decide what your next steps are. So throughout this selling and building process, you had these two gentlemen who it sounds like you met through different networks. Who else had your best interest in mind? So did you, your husband’s an accountant, but what other resources did you use to make sure that you as the seller, were doing your due diligence and your homework and this was going to be something that was beneficial not only to your academy, but to you as well? 

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  23:19

Yeah, so it was two years in two years in, I felt like I was working with a mentor who was helping me with like webinars and how to sell and I he wasn’t actually like a person who did that, he runs a company similar to mine, except it’s for finances. And I just met him through a friend. And so he didn’t, I was like, Oh my gosh, teach me how to apply this to my program. But he wasn’t like, I’m a guy who teaches webinars. I was like, No, I saw what you did teach me how to do how to do it. So it was really cool. And after that, he just said like, Would you ever consider selling this? Because what you have is such a smooth running machine. Would you ever consider selling it? And at first I was like, No, this is my baby. I love it. But then after planting that seed, and over the next couple of months seeing that like oh man like these students are doing so well. They’re outgrowing me, because I can’t keep seeing patients, growing my own practice and doing this own business they’re two. Although it’s the same topic, two very different businesses that it felt like it’s probably the most responsible thing for this group to bring in scalable leadership because I’m a very scrappy starter, Corrie, I love like starting things and building from scratch, but I don’t like maturing things and scaling. I’ve learned that about myself. I don’t even like working with teams very much. Because ultimately, so it’s me and Alexa, and then we hired a couple of the students to help with marketing and to help like nurture the relationships in there, which was awesome, but I also found myself like, I just don’t like teams, I just want to build my own thing. You know, and so that combination of seeing my personality characteristics come through and the sustainability of what I had, and wanting to like serve these people best rather than keeping it as like my pride, like, No, this is my baby, I’m gonna keep it. I really want to do what’s best for this group. And so I told him, I was like, I don’t know how to sell a company, who do I talk to? And so he introduced me to someone in Utah, who buys and sells companies. And he was awesome, turned into a really good friend. And he helped me list the company and talk to multiple buyers and sellers. Well, I’m the seller, multiple buyers. And it actually turned out kind of funny, because right before we had a buyer who was interested and was sending a letter of intent, and he’s like, Actually, can I just buy it with my friend, and we’ll run it together. Because I’ve seen the books like I love this, can we just run it together? I was like, Cool, I’m down with that, I still want to like, learn from you and hang with this group a little bit. And so we did it. And so we sold it. And we got a third of the company like an ownership. And it was really cool to work with two people outside of health care who sure have a lot of experience in scaling companies and multimillion dollar companies. And so I consider it like an internship into like, how business is done, and how to like, really help this group and scale it in a more sustainable way than like, me just trying to like Google and figure out like, Okay, how do I do this next.

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  27:45

My husband as a CPA is really good. Don’t underestimate accountants, I think they, you can use one instead of an attorney for most business questions, especially like reading contracts, and understanding like, if you’re getting your fair share accountants, oh, my gosh. Pro tip be married to an accountant, it as an entrepreneur, like it makes your life so much easier. And unless they give you the answer, you don’t want to hear! So I had him and then I did hire an attorney to help like, broker the deal and, and make sure everything looked good. But it’s I don’t know, I’m a very stress free person. And so it just felt right. And I was like, Yeah, let’s just, let’s just do it. So it was great, pretty simple and easy. I think it took like, two weeks from start to finish from like an offer to close. 

Corrie Sanders 28:47

So did you have a certain price point in mind? Was that something that that team brought to you? Is that something that outside evaluators have brought to you? Where did the price point come into mind? And then how did you guys if you don’t mind me asking divvy up ownership of the company? 

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  29:01

So the attorney I was working with helped navigate the price point. And my husband did his own math too, and was like yep, that seems very fair. So I got a six figure payout for selling my company which felt incredibly good as well as I got to keep the cash from the company which I’d saved up a ton of into too and then we just turned we created a new entity and all three of us owned it equally and then moved to the company to that entity so as a separate entity, so I still own Arches Health as my company I just run it under a different name now.

Corrie Sanders 29:37

Got it, got it. And so what are your responsibilities with this new company? So I’m assuming that’s Wealthy White Coat is what this has evolved into. What day to day responsibilities do you have with Wealthy White Coat or when you sold the company that was a clean slate and you are now free to roam and do something completely different?

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  29:54

Well, it was an evolution. So that was a year ago, we divvied it up 30,30,30 And then this January, February, I sold my share. So now they’re running it themselves. So over the course of the year, I was still like the one talking to the students and like keeping that relationship up. And they were the ones helping put in systems and to scale and to find like, partners and different income streams. Because all this time it’s, I’ve been through like one income stream like year long membership, that is it. And so they’re helping diversify different price points and ways to enter, and how to, you know, scale and bring more resources. So I had the fun part of like, being able to just keep doing what I was doing and like, have the conversations help people and keep giving them resources that they needed. So it was just fun.

Corrie Sanders 30:49

So still being the face of the company to some extent, managing the client relations. Okay, that’s interesting. 

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  30:54

Because those pharmacists are so great, I still like they’re just the best.

Corrie Sanders 31:01

You’re like, those are my babies. So this is my baby, and you have a special connection with each of them. So that’s easy to understand. And Jamie, any big lessons along the way? So we’ve covered a pretty extensive amount of ground in your professional career to this point, we’ve talked about your transition from retail to consulting, to creating something that can be bought and sold by other pharmacists, and then ultimately selling that business. Any big lessons learned along the way or big takeaways that come to top of mind when you’re thinking about an audience of pharmacy entrepreneurs, and I’m sure a lot of them want to get to this point of success. Any thoughts or any lessons that you think are worth sharing? 

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  31:40

Yes, two! One is just start, just do the thing. Put yourself out there, start solving a problem in the world and don’t overthink it, like, put your energy into action. I know our professional is so good at like overthinking and being perfect. And trying to like get all the education so that we’re the perfect person to help but like just helping and bringing your why you’re helping set you apart from anyone because everyone else is learning, learning, learning, stressing writing a plan. And if you’re out there doing you’re gonna run circles around people, so do, do, do. And secondly, I would say strongly I love digital businesses and online businesses, because there’s just not the risk there is with a cash intensive business like opening a pharmacy, you have to have the building, you have to have the products, you have to have the staff, you have to have the insurance, like the startup cost is half a million dollars, at least versus like a digital business, something you can do with just you and your laptop. You can start I think I funded myself $2,500 from my own checking account to start, and I’ve never had to like, put money back in because it’s all been profitable from there. There’s just no risk. And it’s a lot of reward. And even if it and don’t think of it in terms of like, will this win or lose? Will I succeed? Or is this a waste of my time think of it as like, I’m learning how to be relevant in today’s world, because it’s very different than anything in the past, especially with pharmacy and those who can adapt and like meet the needs of the world in a new way. You don’t have to have anyone’s permission, go do it. And it’s just really fun. And it’s not a risk. I feel like it’s riskier just to stay in your job with no other revenue options than to like, build something on the side a few hours a week and think in terms of years and decades rather than needing a quick buck tomorrow.

Corrie Sanders 33:46

I think that’s really valuable insight. And I completely agree with you, I think that the way that pharmacy is heading, it’s going to bode well for those that think outside the box. And that take on additional business ideas or opportunities that really leverage our clinical skill set. Because I just feel very strongly with the development of technology, that pharmacy is going to look very different in 10 years. So just starting and doing and cutting down on the Netflix and exchanging time. Outside I feel like the payoffs are really there. So Jamie, what do you see next for you? Did you when you sold this business? Did you have another idea in mind? Has that started coming to fruition? Or are you just really living in the moment and taking in the fact that you’ve built a successful business and been able to sell it at a price point that gives you some personal capital to do what you want what is next for you on the horizon?

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  34:43

So I’m gonna have the best summer of my life this summer with my kids and work very minimally and just really enjoy what I’ve built. I’ve always I’m such a high achiever and like always wanting to build the next thing and go, go go but I’m intentionally stepping back and like I just want to hang out with my kids and enjoy my garden and be outside all day, because I love being outside. I’m going to do that for this season. But then Corrie, this fall, my youngest goes to first grade. So for the first time in 13 years, all of my children will be at school all day. And there’s not like this huge interruption with like, right now he’s in half day kindergarten. So like, my whole day is broken up, I’m gonna focus and I want to build something big and awesome that I can really like sink my teeth into and like, be in it for the long run for pharmacy. And I’m actually really interested in communities, I feel like communities are the next. Not the next big thing, but like the next really effective way people learn and grow and change. As someone who’s built online courses, I know online courses are awesome, but almost no one finishes them. And it’s very up to like the person who’s doing it their impetus to finish. And I’m so intrigued with communities and bringing people together in like a private place that helps them grow and support each other because we’re all humans, and we just need connections with each other. And I don’t know, I’m, I’m figuring that out. But it’s gonna be something with a community and it’s gonna be awesome, Corrie.

Corrie Sanders 36:18

Yeah, I think that that it’s very natural to want human connection and human support. And I you are placed in a perfect position as someone who’s built a pharmacy community and a very niche area of what is that community look like and what worked well, and what didn’t work well, and being able to build off that I think will be a very successful starting point for you. So I’m excited to see where that goes. 

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  36:38

Well ,even if it’s not, it’s just going to be fun. Like, that’s how we figure it out. Like, and I almost want an element like, I need to doubt it’s going to work to do it anyway. Because if we you can’t wait until something feels like okay, this is absolutely a slam dunk, I think you have to have an element of like, is this more than I can chew? Is this a little too ambitious to be the right size of project for me or for you for anyone that like, if it feels so easy, then it’s, it’s, it’s probably not right for you like a little bit of growth and stretching and like that scariness of like, Oh, could I really do this is, is good for us and part of the thrill of pushing ourself.

 

Corrie Sanders 37:23

Jamie, do you think that that’s a characteristic that you always had? Or do you think that wanting to lean into growth and personal development was something that you realized is a priority once you took the transition into being an entrepreneur, because I’m thinking of the average pharmacist who is going to hear that and be like, I do not want that. I want something that’s a slam dunk, I want something that I know is going to be something that I can count on every month. I feel like pharmacists are just very risk averse in general. So do you feel like that’s always been in your nature? Or do you think that now you’ve had a taste of it? That’s what you want to do. And that’s part of your higher purpose and bigger purpose?

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  37:58

Well, I’m an oldest daughter, so I feel like it’s like baked into who I am. But also like seeing, really seeing what it’s like to earn money yourself, and how much you can earn and how consistent it can be that like, I just can’t go back to a job that’s out of my control. Again, like because I love not having risk. And I don’t feel like what I do is risky, it just takes time. So unless Netflix for me, it feels like the ultimate long term strategy that almost no one else is going to do because it takes work and a job is more comfortable. So like I I strongly believe I am like the least risky person. But I have a long timeline and willing to experiment because I know that like this is what it takes to succeed is like trying and being in public and doing in public. And most pharmacists don’t dare do that. It’s like the scariest thing to say, like, tell the world what you’re building. And I’m working with a couple of one on one clients right now. And that’s where some of them are at the point like okay, you’ve built your business, and I need you to create a social media post, just like on Facebook or Instagram, wherever you are, and just tell people what you’ve built. So they can celebrate with you. You’re not asking for like clients yet. You’re just saying like, Hey, I started a business like go female power. They won’t do it, Corrie! They’re like, oh my gosh, no, no, I’d rather just teach about diabetes than say I have a business because that feels salesy and like, I don’t want people to see me like, well, you have to be able to present yourself online to help people and it’s not salesy.

Corrie Sanders  38:21

Yes. And it’s in the world of digital digital business this is par for the course at this point.

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  39:45

Yeah. It’s par for the course!

Corrie Sanders 39:48

And I had a friend actually summarize something for me at one point, which is why I started looking into the transition of being an entrepreneur and working for myself as well. He does very well in something that’s not healthcare related, but He’s rewarded for how hard he works. And he told me as a high performer and a high achiever, I will never be in a salaried position because it would take away a lot of my drive. And I feel like when I heard that it was a lightbulb in my head of, I’m working so hard, and I’m not going to go anywhere, and a percentage increase of my income in a substantial amount of time. And so for me, that was such a lightbulb moment. And I think that’s kind of summarized by what you said is that I now that I make money for myself, and I know what that tastes like. That’s how I want to keep my income for years to come. So I also one of my last questions, Jamie is what other streams of income have you leaned into at this point in time? So I know that you have teaching experience, it sounds like you still have some coaching going on? Are you keeping your hands busy with anything else, aside from the pharmacogenomics business and Wealthy White Coat? 

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  40:47

So I have a couple streams of income that are pretty fun that I’ve built, kind of for myself, that is awesome that we hear about recurring revenue. And I’m like, Oh, I did that a few years ago. So now I get to enjoy it. So a couple of ways I earn money. Alright, I do have some one on one people that I work with that, like, have found me through through LinkedIn, and like we’ve just jivved, so I’m helping them one-on-one. It’s way less intensive than like, a full program, but it’s really fun and energizing for me. And for them. I also teach for the University of Florida, they have me help, help review, update their curriculum and proctor some of their courses within the precision medicine program in their school of pharmacy, which is awesome, it’s so fun. And my old boss, who he used to work at Walgreens. Now he works at the Student Health Center at the local college here, he asked if I would come Thursday afternoons from like two to 6pm to help fill in while he goes to choir practice. And I was like, You know what, I actually let my license lapse. So let’s see what it’s like to be a pharmacist and like, get a steady paycheck again. So I’ve actually started doing that again, just like for the fun of it. And it’s been really cool Corrie to have like W2 income and my own income all mixed together. That because there really is something to say about a job and like that you can clock in and clock out and earn a good salary. pharmacists have a good salary. And for me, I kind of ebb and flow with employment that I like like it, but then I can earn so much more myself. But then just that ease of like clocking in and out. So it’s been kind of fun to go back and forth. Because first I swore off pharmacy like I’ve done and now like, you know what, this is actually pretty fun in this environment with like these cute college students who just need birth control, Adderall, and antibiotics like, I could do this. So those are the main streams I have. I also do some advising and speaking but that’s anyway.

Corrie Sanders  42:44

But the underlying thing is that one, you can continue to pivot as a pharmacy entrepreneur. So you let your license lapse, who cares, you can go back and get it. And it’s not a huge deal. If you want to go back to something that you’ve known in the past with the W2 job, but to when you describe all these things, you’re saying it’s so fun, every single job you’ve taken on is so fun. And I think that it gets lost in this traditional education wheel where we go from undergrad to pharmacy school, to residency to certificates to additional training all these things you just continue on in this wheel. And it’s so much of it is performance based that you lose touch with why we really went into pharmacy, at least that’s how I feel is I got to a certain point where I just looked back and I was like, wow, I’ve done everything right. But it still feels wrong. And that is scary to me. And so I love that you’re at a point now where every job you’re describing, say it’s energizing for me, it’s fun, and that’s what ultimately keeps you happy and working overtime is that it’s this cliche sentiment where if you’re having fun, you never work a day in your life, totally get it. But that’s the freedom that you’ve given yourself is that work should be fun, it should be an energizing part of your life, not something that drains you for 40 hours a week. So I love hearing that you’re at that at that point. And I’ve got one more question and then I’ll ask where people can find you if they want to get in touch with you. But my last question is, what would you say to an aspiring pharmacy entrepreneur? So we shared those two lessons earlier of, you know, just starting and keeping moving. But if you’re sitting at the point of contemplating an idea within pharmacy practice and looking at something that’s in a non traditional setting, anything specific that you would share with that pharmacist?

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  44:25

I would say just get vocal and get online because you will stand out especially if you’re doing anything within any realm of health care, health care people are silent stalkers and scrollers. So if you have a voice and are consistent, you will stand out and you people will attract opportunities to you. And so the table start flipping instead of you like reaching out like Will anyone work with me? Will anyone want me? If you consistently stick to a topic and teach on it and just own it, people start coming out of the woodwork for you. And it’s just the best feeling that you don’t have to muscle your way into your own business, you find that like, just talk about something, help someone. And more opportunities come to you that like, oh, wow, I can work for this person or this person wants to hire me or like, it all comes together if you’re willing to like stand up and stand out, because few people are willing to do it. And so really like, that’s what magnetizes people to you, and get you out of this weird rat race of like applying to hundreds of jobs and getting more letters after your name, to feel like you’re the best candidate, don’t play that game. It’s an antiquated game, and you’re gonna get a position that you don’t want. And so even within entrepreneurship, like being willing to stand out, because you gotta stand out to be an entrepreneurship, and so just practice talking online every day, it might scare you to death, but really like that life skill, if you can get the hang of it. Like the right people will find you the world is your oyster. And just think of it as a skill and not as a personality trait that you either can or can’t do, because everything is learnable.

Corrie Sanders  46:01

I love that. Well, Jamie, this has been so great. I feel like we’ve covered a lot of ground. And you’ve done so much in the past decade that I think we broke it down into chunks that will be easily absorbed by our listeners. And this is coated with lots of different lessons. So thank you for being so vulnerable and transparent. You’ve been so gracious with your time and you do that online so well. Where can people find you if they want to learn more about what you’re doing? And about what you’ve done in the past or reach out to you independently? What’s the easiest way for our listeners to get in contact with you?

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  46:29

Oh, just on LinkedIn. That’s like, what social media I use. I love LinkedIn. You should be on LinkedIn. If you’re not, create an account. It’s the best thing you can do for your career. Find me there Jamie Wilkey LinkedIn, send me a DM I’ll talk to you. It’ll be fun. 

Corrie Sanders  46:45

That sounds great. Thank you again, Jamie Wilkie for being here. Congratulations on all your recent success. And we’re excited to see where you go in the next couple of years and even long term seeing where you end up.

Dr. Jamie Wilkey  46:57

 You too, Corrie! Thanks!

Tim Ulbrich  47:00

[DISCLAIMER] As we conclude this week’s podcast and important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. Furthermore, the information contained in our archive newsletters, blog posts and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of your financial pharmacists unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates publish such information may contain forward looking statements, which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]